Home

(R&S FSV-K91/91n)................................

1. 188 Import remote control cate Limit Chk On Off remote control Marker 1 K91 91n oo ee eee eee cee eter eeneeeeeeeeees Marker 1 remote control K91 91n Marker 1 remote control K93 Marker 1 to 4 remote control Marker Off K91 91n E Marker Zoom K91 91n sss Marker Zoom remote control K91 91n 139 Meas Single Cont K91 91n T Min K91 91n E Min remote control K93 sssesssesss MKR gt Trace K91 91n n MKR gt Trace remote control K91 91n 136 Peak CHECK NEE Peak remote control K93 m PV Ti Guru pm R amp S Support sss essen Ramp Up Down Up amp Down K91 91n Ref Pow Max Mean K91 91n sse Ixefresh K91 91n iieeet trn Rising amp Falling K91 91n Screen A B K91 91n sees Screen Full Split K91 91n Select 1 2 3 4 remote control SEM Settings e itte repere 77 Settings General Demod K91 91n 61 Settings General Demod remote control K91 91n OO SES 197 Settings General Demod remote control K91 91N 204 205 206 Signal Field K
2. eese 144 CONFloure BURG GbtCimumttATnessCGElect en eeereretotororsrsrernrnrr rununu nenene 144 ele Le Hr e ir MN 144 SSS eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 139 CONFloure BURG GE CirumMASkl JMMedatel ne eeeeoeoessrrrrnrenerororernsnrnnenene 144 CONFiqure BURStSPECiuUMmIMASICSELOCH mirii iea aa a a aa adaa 145 CONFloure BURG GTATettceBGTReamtJMMediatel 145 CONFigure BURSt STATistics CCDF MMediate uinneanan aaainniiinnnaaiieii nans 145 CONFigure BURSt STATistics SFleld MMediate iniaiaiai iaaa 145 eU cei I E EA adden 145 CON Figure POWETAUT O conceit EE 146 CONFigure POWer AUTO SWEep TIME 146 GONFIgure e ER E 146 CONFig re POWer EXP ectod JQ ninenin i nites er peer eva a duct dae 147 CONROWS ST ANC AIG I 147 CONFloure WAN ANTMatriv ADDess Hechathz nn reorrrsrrnrennterorsrnrnnnnene 148 CONFigure WLAN ANTMatrix ANTenna RecPath sss 148 CONFloure WAN ANTMatriv GTATe Rechathz esee 148 CONFigure WLAN DUTOQGOhfig 1 cerise cere eenen en nate kac nen nennen nan en nu eek aRa Pene pn NR annia 148 CONFigure WLAN EX tension AUTO TYPE EE 149 GONFigureWLAN GTIMEJALI TO rc iiio trente lado c ene ta Lei Ree ke Luce rece ek Dac ien dede 149 EE Les UR Keng TER e LR d E 149 Eier Lee E Reng EE 150 GONFigur WLAN MIMO CAP Ture ic 2 coiere ENEE acl re eR LA DAD penc Nena 151 GONFigure WLAN MIMO CAP Tute TY Pe 4 2 center enhn bete kenn eek menant
3. SENSe SWEep COUNt SENSe SWEep EGATe SENSe SWEep EGATe HOLDoff SAMPIe cst ttt ttti 189 SENSe SWEep EGATe HOLDoff TIME estt ttt 188 SENSe SWEep EGATe LENGIh SAMPle cett ttt ttt id 189 SENSe SWEep EGATe LENGIh TIME ettet ttti 189 SENSe SWEep EGATe LINK ttt ttt ttt tt ttt 2d SENSe SWEep EGATe TYPE DS m m SEN Se TSWEBBITIME t ecco d eae tuti ues n nd i BENSe TT RACE nc cic dra cac e A dato ER D d tur Rd o RE RE e SENSe TRACking PHASe ttt ttt ttt ttt ttt ttt tto 2d ISENSeTTRACKng blots EE TEE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 219 R amp S FSV K91 91n Index A Input Output menu n EE 107 Amplitude menu Input sample rate Ch A EE 61 Digital IQ EE 88 Attenuation Manual OOE 168 K B key INPUT OUTPUT K91 see 107 Baseband Digital KON 87 L Burst EVM Direct rtr rt res 46 Lines menu C K91 K91n reote edes Lower case commands Chan Sel Fic E 78 M Characters Special 2 ics ct t e p er d eae 112 Marker menu Commands et KL GN NUR 105 Description cccceceseseseseseseeecesesceteceseteeeneneseneseees 111 Marker To menu KOT KO 1 Wiis cers 106 D measurement WLAN TX K91 91n oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeentesreeeeees 47 demodulation settings measurement example CHE 61
4. X 87 acr c r rM rm 87 au 1 p T 87 e 87 Standard Displays a list of all installed standards to select the wireless LAN standard This is nec essary to ensure that the measurements are performed according to the specified stand ard with the correct limit values and limit lines SCPI command CONFigure STANdard on page 147 Frequency Specifies the center frequency of the signal to be measured If the frequency is modified the Channel No field is updated accordingly SCPI command SENSe FREQuency CENTer on page 184 Channel No Specifies the channel to be measured If the Channel No field is modified the frequency is updated accordingly SCPI command CONFigure CHANnel on page 145 Signal Level Reference Level Specifies the expected mean level of the RF input signal If an automatic level detection measurement has been executed the signal level RF is updated I Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 84 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n General Settings Dialog Box K91 For all standards other than IEEE 802 11b amp g Single Carrier the reference level is set 10 dB higher than the signal level RF because of the expected crest factor of the signal For standards IEEE 802 11b amp g Single Carrier the reference level is set to the signal level RF SCPI command CONFigure POWer
5. CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt ACPower ALTernate This command returns the ACP alternate channel limit for IEEE 802 11 if defined Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Return values lt Result gt numeric value in dB Example CALC LIM ACP ALT Returns the IEEE 802 11 ACP alternate channel limit Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ALTernate lt channel gt RELative lt LowerLimit gt lt UpperLimit gt This command defines the limit for the alternate adjacent channels for adjacent channel power measurements The reference value for the relative limit value is the measured channel power Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt k gt irrelevant lt Channel gt 1 11 the alternate channel Parameters lt LowerLimit gt first value O to 100dB limit for the lower and the upper alternate lt UpperLimit gt adjacent channel RST 0 DB ES Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 117 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem c MH eee CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example CALC LIM ACP ALT2 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt ALL This command sets or returns all the limit values Suffix lt
6. sjoquiAs emp Burn SOEN uonesuoduioo Hu Hops sdojourered in our Aouonbayy ures jo Uoneurnso jo juouromseour uoresuoduroo oa 1 a pourop 1osn uornesuoduroo Aouanbay ANODUIA peojAed Yl E di tion Ica Signal processing of the IEEE 802 11a appl ig 3 1 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 0 Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application The transition to the frequency domain is achieved by an FFT of length 64 The FFT is performed symbol wise for every of the nof symbols symbols of the payload The cal culated FFTs are described by r with e 1 nof symbols as the symbol index e k 31 32 as the channel index In case of an additive white Gaussian noise AWGN channel the FFT is described by 4 5 timing Lk sk common _ Tt phase phase r K mwa X Xg XH xe Y Thy Equation 10 3 1 with Kmmog the modulation dependant normalization factor e ap the symbol of sub carrier k at symbol e g the gain at the symbol in relation to the reference gain g 1 at the long symbol LS e Hy the channel frequency response at the long symbol LS e common the common phase drift phase of all sub carriers at symbol see Equation 11 e phase n the phase of sub carrier k at symbol caused by the timing drift see
7. 190 Sweeptime Manual remote control 190 Trigger Holdoff Trigger Hysteresis Y Axis Div remote control K91 91n 156 157 Softkeys Chan Sel M e 78 Special characters A 112 Status registers STATUS OPERAIION nocte eo rrr estere 210 STATus QUEStionable 210 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Pus 213 STATus QUEStionable LIMit 211 STATus QUEStionable SYNC p 212 Status reporting system ssse 207 Swap IQ remote COhtrol iecore terrace 187 Sweep menu WS LR 104 T title bar uiu m 58 Trace menu uci m 105 WANS MI FING ee e Dm 98 Trigger FOG OF feck rn Hysteresis Trigger menu OA hl m 61 TX Settings EX IQ BOX ssssssssseseeer eere enne nnne 108 U Upper case commands sse 112 W WLAN menu KOVIN eccL aaaea a 59 60
8. e eeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeanaeetes 178 ISGENGe IDEMod FORMatBANalvze Des EOUa nennen 179 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes MAX isses theme enne nnne 179 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes MIN essen 180 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation EQUal eese 180 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation MAX esee nnn 180 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation MIN esses 181 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze S YMBols EQUAal eese 181 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze S YMBols MAX eese enne 182 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze S YMBols MIN esses 182 SENSe DEMod FORMat BCONtent AUTO eee tette tns 182 SENSe J DEMOd FORMACB IRale iicet rote dedee ue senudutq dd a 183 SENS amp DEMOd FORMaEMOSInd x itor edt i ee Pea EEA aia 183 npe uL E n E Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 173 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n SEENEN EENHEETEN SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n ISENGe IDEMod FORMatMCSlndes MODE nene 183 SENSe DEMad FORMatSIGSymbO 2 5 iata taa anh EAD eR ER MR aaan aaa 184 SENS amp JFREDUsrcy CENIFSI 1 oiii Leica exce E e E eden ise 184 SENSeTPOWer ACHanngl MOLDE taa ntt Ee rn et rho ede eR Enna tha tenes 185 SENSe POWer SEM CLASS EE 185 SENS
9. seen 121 CAL Culate nz LlMit Is BURG EVM MANimum enne tnet ennt n neret nn innen CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM MAXimum RESult si CAL Culate nz LlMit 1s BURG EVM PDlLotM ANimum CAL Culate nz LlMit 1s BURG EVM Plot M ANimum RE Gu 124 CAL Culate cnzLlMit 1z BURGCEVM PI ot AVEhRagoel 123 CAL Culate cnzLlMit 1z BURGCEVMPIL of AVERaoelbRE Gut 123 CAL Culate cnzLlMit 1z BURGCEVMIAVERaoel ennemis nnne rentis nnn CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM AVERage RESult Se CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURStFERRor MAXimum esses eene nennen enne nnns nennen in nentn nena CAlLCulate cnz LlMiti1s BURG FtERRorMANImum RE Gu 125 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt FERRor AVERage sse eene nennen innen 125 CAlLCulate cnz LlMiti1s BURG FERRortAVtChRaoelREGut 125 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt IQOFfset MAXimum esses eene nennen tnnt enn rent nenne 126 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt IQOFfset MAXimum RESUIt 427 CAL Culate cnzLlMit 1zBUbRGcClOOFrse AVERaoel nene enne nennen 126 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt IQOFfset AVERage RESUIt sse 126 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt SYMBolerror MAXimum essent nnn 127 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt SYMBolerror MAXimum RESUuIt essen 128 CAL Culate cnzLlMit 1zBURGCSvMolerrort AVERaoel nennen CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt SYMBolerror AVERage RESult Ss CAL C
10. 11 121i ta Lupe eda aana Eai aana 194 STATusOUEGuonable LUlMit ZcreenzN Ransitton nennen 194 STATusOUEzuonable GvhNCNTbRansigon nnne 194 STAT s QUESHionable ACPLImitPTRansitloh ENNEN SE dee 195 STATusOUEzuonable LUlMit Gcreenz PD Ransttton 195 STATus QUEStionable SYNGOC PTRansitOri adicto enn etn e enda iin netten naue cs 195 STATus OPERation CONDition This command queries the CONDition section of the STATus OPERation register see the base unit description of status registers in the Remote Control Basics chapter Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section The value returned reflects the current hardware status Example STAT OPER COND Mode all STATus OPERation EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus OPERation register The contents of the EVENt section are deleted after readout Example STAT OPER Mode all STATus QUEStionable CONDition This command queries the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable register This section contains the sum bit of the next lower register This register part can only be read but not written into or cleared Readout does not delete the contents of the CON Dition section Example STAT QUES COND Mode all STATus QUEStionable EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus QUEStionable register The EVENt part indicates whether an event has o
11. Single Carriere 64 L Gatina Settings OR Of ease deieren 64 LIMPO EE 65 doo MEER 65 L RES EE 66 AU Neon a N 66 L Settings General Demod esses entes tete ratae ttrnntn tatnen tne 66 L Display UstiGraph tnter tette tenene 66 L EVM SSO ocn Refer edat lp at oc vada 66 L Error Ereouencviphese EEN 68 L Constell vs Symbol Carrier esses tentent tnnt 70 L Carrier Selection IEEE 802 11a g Ln OEDM 72 L Gating Settings OnOff EE 72 CIPO EE 72 Mo c MUN 72 rl EE 72 Gi EEN 73 olei D 73 L Settings Generalfemgod 73 cpu uL Pr DD D HE IEST Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 60 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n L Display LGN deet pl dde btt dde neta 73 L Spectrum Flatness IEEE 802 1 1a g j n OFDM Group Delay IEEE 802 11 OMIM e 73 L Spectrum Mask IEEE 802 11b g Single Carrier Spectrum IEEE ETSI IEEE 802 1123 9 15 m OFDM ET 74 L Spectrum FP ERN EM 75 L Spectrum ACPR IEEE 802 11a g n OFDM Turbo Mode Spectrum ACP IEEE 802 11b ACP Rel Abs IEEE 802 11j sees 76 L Gating Settings ONG iste rn de ndn td doin ad nsn unns 77 GE 77 L SEM accordi g fe senes editt inttr tpa en Rea Mh xau 7
12. Suffix lt n gt 1 2 irrelevant lt t gt 12 9 irrelevant Parameters Level numeric value in dB RST 5 dB Example DISP TRAC Y RLEV Returns the current RF reference level in use DISP TRAC Y RLEV 20 Sets the instrument reference level to 20 Mode WLAN DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel IQ Level This command can be used to retrieve or set the current internal instrument reference level for baseband input used when performing measurements Suffix n 112 irrelevant lt t gt 1 3 irrelevant Parameters lt Level gt lt numeric value gt in V RST 1V T Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 158 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 8 5 8 1 5 8 2 5 8 1 FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example DISP TRAC Y IQ Returns the current baseband reference level in use DISP TRAC Y RLEV IQ 1 Sets the instrument reference level to 1 Mode WLAN DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet Value This command specifies the external attenuation gain applied to measurements The value corresponds to the reference level offset in the spectrum analyzer mode Suffix n 112 irrelevant t 1 3 irrelevant Parameters Level numeric value in dB RST 0 dB Example DISP TRAC Y RLEV OFFS 10 External attenuation level offset of the analyzer is 10 dB DISP TRAC Y RLE
13. 06 1 48 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Measurement Settings and Result Displays Spectrum WLAN Sig Lvl Set 52 dBm Time Standard IEEE 802 11n Frequency 15 GHz Data Symbols 1 1366 PPDU MCS Index GI Fs 40 MHz Samples ae Burst SGL PA Fig 3 10 Measurement settings in the channel bar example The following settings are listed Table 3 1 Measurement settings for IEEE 802 11a Setting Description Restrictions Sig Lvl Set The expected mean signal level for the input signal Turbo Mode only Frequency The frequency of the measured input signal Time Data Symbols Shows the minimum and maximum number of data Turbo Mode only symbols that a burst may have if itis to be considered in results analysis Samples Standard Selected measurement standard Burst Type The type of burst being analyzed Modulation Shows the active setting selected in the Demod Set Turbo Mode only tings dialog box Demodulator or PSDU Modula tion to Analyze Burst x of y z In case statistic over bursts is switched on Overall Burst Count x bursts of totally required y No of Bursts to Analyze bursts have been analyzed so far The value z gives the number of analyzed bursts by the last update of the statistic Table 3 2 Measurement settings for IEEE 802 11b g Setting Description Restrictions Ext Att The attenuation positive values or gain negative val
14. 1 nof _symbols 2 EVM gt m K moa X Fp nof symbols 43 16 3 8 This parameter is equivalent to the so called RMS average of all errors Errorgys of the IEEE 802 11a measurement commandment see 6 SS eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 28 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application 3 3 2 Literature to the IEEE 802 11a Application 1 Speth Classen Meyr Frame synchronization of OFDM systems in frequency selective fading channels VTC 97 pp 1807 1811 2 Schmidl Cox Robust Frequency and Timing Synchronization of OFDM IEEE Trans on Comm Dec 1997 pp 1613 621 3 Minn Zeng Bhargava On Timing Offset Estimation for OFDM IEEE Communication Letters July 2000 pp 242 244 4 Speth Fechtel Fock Meyr Optimum Receiver Design for Wireless Broad Band Systems Using OFDM Part I IEEE Trans On Comm VOL 47 NO 11 Nov 1999 5 Speth Fechtel Fock Meyr Optimum Receiver Design for Wireless Broad Band Systems Using OFDM Part II IEEE Trans On Comm VOL 49 NO 4 April 2001 6 IEEE 802 11a Part 11 Wireless LAN Medium Access Control MAC and Physical Layer PHY specifications 3 4 Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application This description gives a rough overview of the signal processing concept of the IEEE 802 11b application e chapter 3 4 1 Understanding Signal
15. General Demod 10 07 2008 16 01 34 E Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n Spectrum Analyzer R amp S FSV K91 Wireless IEEE 802 11b 16 1 dBm Modulation 11 Mbps CCH Capture Time 10 ms No Samples 440000 a bars mark analyzed bursts g 0 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 111114111 11111111 112111111 21211111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000101 11001111 PLCP Header 01110110 10010111 01010001 10101101 PSDU 01000010 00110000 10011100 10101011 00001101 10111001 00010100 00101011 01001111 11011001 10 07 2008 Measurement Complete 16 12 02 Y SCPI command NFigure BURS on page 145 Signal Field IEEE 802 11a g j amp n OFDM Statistics Sets the Signal Field result display This result display shows the decoded data from the signal field of the burst Therefore itis only available if in the Demod Settings dialog box the Signal Field Content option is activated For the IEEE 802 11n standard an enhanced Signal Field measurement is available see C 7 Sign Meas nt IEEE 4 M on page 37 ent EEE ZN s NIV GRALALAA j Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 81 R amp S FSV K91 91n Spectrum Analyzer Rate 0011 54Mbit s 54Mbit s 0011
16. General Settings Dialog Box K91 On and Q signals are interchanged Off Normal UO modulation SCPI command SENSe SWAPiq on page 187 Input Sample Rate Defines the sample rate of the digital UO signal source This sample rate must correspond with the sample rate provided by the connected device e g a generator SCPI command INPut DIQ SRATe on page 169 Full Scale Level The Full Scale Level defines the level that should correspond to an UO sample with the magnitude 1 The level is defined in Volts SCPI command INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer on page 169 Auto Level Time Specifies the sweep time used for the automatic level measurements SCPI command CONFigure POWer AUTO SWEep TIME on page 146 Ref Level Specifies the reference level to use for measurements If the reference level is modified the signal level is updated accordingly depending on the currently selected standard and measurement type This field is only editable if the Auto Lvl is deactivated SCPI command DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe RLEVel on page 157 Attenuation Specifies the settings for the attenuator This field is only editable if the Auto Lvl option is deactivated If the Auto Lvl option is activated the RF attenuator setting is coupled to the reference level setting SCPI command INPut ATTenuation on page 168 Sample Rate Specifies the sample rate used for IQ measurements SCPI
17. lt GuardTime gt Example Mode Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 SHORt NORMal SHORt Only the PPDUs with short guard interval are analyzed NORMal Only the PPDUs with long guard interval are analyzed Long in manual operation RST NORMal CCONF WLAN GTIM SEL SHOR Measures signals with short guard times WLAN IEEE 802 11n 150 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem e UU M M MH M M M M SS ae eee CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure WLAN MIMo CAPTure lt SignalPath gt Specifies the signal path to be captured in MIMO sequential manual measurements Subsequently use the 1N1TTiatecn 1MMediate command to start capturing data Parameters lt SignalPath gt Example Mode RX1 RX2 RX3 RX4 For details see Signal Capture on page 89 RST RX1 CONF WLAN DUTC TX4 Specify the number of antennas used for MIMO measurement as 2 CONF WLAN MIMO CAPT TYPE MAN Specify sequential MIMO measurement using manual operation Pause the script and connect TX1 of the DUT to the analyzer Continue the script CONF WLAN MIM CAPT RX1 Select RX1 for the next capture INIT IMM Capture the selected channel Pause the script and connect TX2 of the DUT to the analyzer Continue the script CONF WLAN MIM CAPT RX2 Select RX2 for the next capture INIT IMM Capture the selected channel CALC BURS
18. A red 2 400 000 000 00 ferz Bvd 2 400 000 000 00 cs z n Bee 802 11n WLAN A PPDU Configuration for Frame Block 1 Got Stream Settings Spatial Streams Extended Spatial Streams Space Time Streams Space Time Block Coding Spatial Stream Modulation Stream 1 Jarsk gt Ni Stream 2 Japs Stream 3 Joes Y Stream 4 les Z Data Settings Data Bits Per Symbol 216 Data Rate Mbps 54 00 Data Length 1 024 bytes D Number Of Data Symbols 39 Preamble Header Active M On Guard Scrambler Jon User Init D Scrambler Init hex Channel Coding BCC i Encoders E S s 7T ge Lal 70 00 F pep B II dm te 20 00 tv A ALC Auto B ALC Auto Info interleaver Active jv On Service Field hex Append Insert Delete Copy Paste 10 Select Spatial Streams 2 and Space Time Streams 2 Return to the IEEE 802 11n WLAN A dialog Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 19 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Basic Measurement Examples A Fea 2 400 000 000 00 cs E ee 20 00 ge rel 20 00 m Ed Bvd 2 400 000 000 00 cs z A ALC Auto B ALC Auto ed 20 00 m EES State Fy IEEE 802 14n WLAN A Transmission Bandwidth Configure Baseband B from Baseband A Transmit Antennas Setup Frame Block Configuration Clipping Clock 802 11n A Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 gg o0 Set To Defaul
19. IMMediate command Example CONF BURS EVM ESYM Configures the EVM vs Symbol measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt PREamble IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Phase or Fre quency vs Preamble After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the 1N1Tiatecn IMMediate command Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 141 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n EENHEETEN CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example CONF BURS PRE Configures the preamble measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt PREamble SELect lt Mode gt This remote control command configures the interpretation of the preamble measurement results Parameters lt Mode gt PHASe FREQuency Example CONF BURS PRE SEL PHAS Configures the Phase vs Preamble measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt PVT IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Power vs Time After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the INITTiate lt n gt IMMediate command Example CONF BURS PVT Configures the Power vs Time measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt PVT AVERage Value This remote control command configures the measurement type to set the burst power averag
20. frequency and phase offset but not with the estimates of the IQ imbalance and IQ offset With these values the IQ imbalance of the I branch and the IQ imbalance of the Q branch are estimated in a non linear estimation in a second step A HM A Sr IREAL t 6 0 26 3 18 A AC m Zo Y IMAG o 0g N v 0 27 3 19 Finally the mean error vector magnitude can be calculated with a non data aided cal culation Valv 173 bas Fo aJ amp 1 Fe SESCH J amp j Ai The instant error vector magnitude is the error signal magnitude normalized by the root mean square value of the estimate of the measurement signal power Ven v eae liMachon Sof V9 E gil The advantage of this method is that no estimate of the reference signal is needed but the IQ offset and IQ imbalance values are not estimated in a joint estimation procedure Therefore each estimation parameter is disturbing the estimation of the other parameter REAL tO 29 3 21 SS IA Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 34 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Ech 3 4 2 3 5 802 11b RF Carrier Suppression and the accuracy of the estimates is lower than the accuracy of the estimations achieved by 17 If the EVM value is dominated by Gaussian noise this method yields similar results as 18 Literature of the IEEE 802 11b Application 1 Institute of Electrical and Electronic
21. Address This remote control command specifies the TCP IP address for each receiver path in IPV4 format Note it is not possible to set the IP address of ANTMatrix1 Master Suffix lt RecPath gt 1 4 Defines the receiver path Parameters lt Address gt TCP IP address in IPV4 format Example CONF WLAN ANTM ADDR2 192 168 114 157 CONFigure WLAN ANTMatrix ANTenna lt RecPath gt Antenna This remote control command specifies the antenna assignment of the receive path Suffix lt RecPath gt 1 4 Defines the receiver path Parameters lt Antenna gt ANTENNA1 ANTENNA2 Antenna assignment of the receiver path Example CONF WLAN ANTM ANT2 ANTENNA1 CONFigure WLAN ANTMatrix STATe lt RecPath gt State This remote control command specifies the state of the receive path Note it is not pos sible to set the state of ANTMatrix1 Master Suffix lt RecPath gt 1 4 Defines the receiver path Parameters lt State gt ON OFF State of the receive path Example CONF WLAN ANTM STAT2 ON CONFigure WLAN DUTConfig lt NoOfAnt gt This remote control command specifies the number of antennas used for MIMO mea surement Parameters lt NoOfAnt gt TX1 TX2 TX3 TX4 TX1 one antenna TX2 two antennas etc PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 148 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example CONF WL
22. Contains the current status of the instrument This register part can only be read but not written into or cleared Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Suffix lt Screen gt 1 2 1 Screen A 2 Screen B Note that limit lines are not displayed in screen A thus STAT QUES LIM1 COND always returns 0 Usage Query only SCPI confirmed Mode WLAN eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 193 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n REENERT STATus Subsystem WLAN K91 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit ENABlIe STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt Screen gt ENABle STATus QUEStionable SYNC ENABle lt Filter gt Determines whether the EVENt bit of the associated status register contributes to the sum bit of the STATus QUEStionable register Each bit of the EVEN part is ANDed with the associated ENABle bit The results of all logical operations of this part are passed on to the event sum bit via an OR function Suffix lt Screen gt 112 1 Screen A 2 Screen B Note that limit lines are not displayed in screen A thus STAT QUES LIMI ENAB is irrelevant Parameters Filter The sum of the decimal values of the event bits that are to be enabled for the summmary bit Range 0 to 65535 Usage Query only SCPI confirmed Mode WLAN STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit NTRansition STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt Screen gt NTRansition ST
23. FETOCh BURG GvM olerror MiNimum nennen enne enhn ene nnr ien rtr innert nennen rsen 166 e Menn VE RA E EE 166 eut en EE VER Al KEE 166 FETCh BURSETFAEEMINIEDUITI es ccc catia co Seege irte usa EE Bea netu cancun Pepe sata dna ce Yon E pde 166 FETCh BURSt TRISe AVERage 166 FETOCh BURG TRlGe MA vimum enne en nnnen et nrnts sen rnns set rnts sehr tss e nitri ennt rsen rn nr sena 166 FETCHh BURSETRISe MINirmUtr s s cities erreur rar a eh aeeti Rane SEEE aaa Eee Eee eae eai se Eug 166 IS Mee dE Reie e cence tense 166 ele EU HET Ur 167 INITlate nz CONTimnuous MM 167 INITiate lt n gt IMMediate INPUBAT BEZUEUDI ME A d A INPutDIG RANGe UPPer dicte corti rette eret resa y teer ere eda n eter rox rte ee e or eee ed Ree 169 INPutDIQ SRA TE E 169 INPRO SE Ee ERI 169 INS TrumentiNSEL Ctx erecto aaa tent ee hoa e aise eee o ERR IE etta 170 INSTrument SELect MMEMOrny EOAD IQ STATO rods otii vtero reed dots sev vete pre Tere da pena eure De ed EE deeg e doen MMEMorv LOAD GEMSTATe Antatt EAEAN AENEAN EEA EAE EEEn EnEn En Enmen E a MMEMory STORE lQ STAT c CES STATus OPERation CONDBIfIOn or roinaa rota cua rn haee eese oc usse E aa dana eaaa EAE DEA AEAN Naia SlACTuSOBE Raten WEN eege gie dest aa rires lere cedo eri dn ee n ST
24. IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be ACPR adjacent channel power relative After this command has been executed the specified measure ment will only be started when the user issues the INITiate lt n gt IMMediate com mand Example CONF BURS SPEC ACPR Configures the ACPR measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum FFT IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be FFT Fast Fourier Transform After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the INITiate lt n gt IMMediate command Example CONF BURS SPEC FFT Configures the FFT measurement type Mode WLAN PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 143 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum FLATness IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Spectrum Flat ness After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the INITTiate lt n gt IMMediate command Example CONF BURS SPEC FLAT Configures the Spectrum Flatness measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum FLATness CSELect lt CSelect gt This remote control command configures the Spectrum Flatness channel selection This command is only val
25. Screen A Capture Buffer EVM vs 16 00 Os SCPI command NFA gure BURS on page 141 on page 142 on page 142 Constell vs Symbol Carrier EVM Constell Selects the Constallation vs Symbol or the Constellation vs Carrier result displays e Constellation vs Symbol all standards This result display shows the in phase and quadrature phase results over the full range of the measured input data The ideal points for the selected modulations scheme are displayed for reference purposes The amount of data displayed in the Constellation result display can be reduced by selecting the carrier or carriers for which data is to be displayed Carrier SCH IEEE 802 11a g j n OFDM on page 72 softkey xcuon Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 70 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Spectrum Analyzer 22 1 dBm 111366 Marker 1 Q 5 0382 I 3 0067 Measurement Complete ool tte e Constellation vs Carrier IEEE 802 11a g j OFDM amp n This result display shows the in phase and quadrature phase results over the full range of the measured input data plotted on a per carrier basis The magnitude of the in phase and quadrature part is shown on the y axis both are displayed as sep arate traces l gt trace 1 Q gt trace 2 Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 71 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n HERE
26. Signal Field see Signal Field IEEE 802 11a g j amp n OFDM on page 81 softkey When using the IEEE 802 11n standard UO measurements are available both in SISO mode one antenna one data stream and MIMO mode several antennas several data streams For details see chapter 3 6 IEEE 802 11n MIMO Measurements on page 36 Measurement result display The measurement result display is divided into two panes chapter 3 9 1 Measurement Settings on page 48 Result displays The results can be displayed in form of a list or a graph see also Display List Graph on page 61 softkey chapter 3 9 2 Result Summary List on page 51 chapter 3 9 3 Result Display Graph on page 56 Saving results The measurement results can be stored at any time using the SAVE RCL key see the base unit description Both the measured UO data and the trace and table results can be stored individually Furthermore any limit values modified in the result summary can also be stored Note that for trace and table results the originally measured values are always stored The values are not updated after changes to the Demod Settings UO data on the other hand can be refreshed before it is stored 3 9 1 Measurement Settings The overall measurement settings used to obtain the current measurement results are displayed in the channel bar necp uL C E A n C er Operating Manual 1173 0772 02
27. Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in Hertz Example CALC LIM BURS SYMB 10000 The average symbol error limit is set to 10kHz Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt SYMBolerror AVERage RESult This command returns the average symbol error limit result Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC LIM BURS SYMB RES Average symbol error limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt SYMBolerror MAXimum lt Value gt This command sets the maximum symbol error limit Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in Hertz EE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 127 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem e M M M MM H M ee eee CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example CALC LIM BURS SYMB MAX Maximum symbol error limit is returned Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt SYMBolerror MAXimum RESult This command returns the maximum symbol error limit result Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC LIM BURS SYMB MAX RES Maximum symbol error limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt TFALI AVERage lt Value gt This command sets the average fall time limit Suffix lt n gt 1 4 i
28. e Constellation vs Symbol e EVM vs Symbol Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt BurstNumber gt The first numeric value is the burst number and the second lt SymbolNumber gt numeric value is the symbol number Example CALC MARK1 BSYM 2 10 Positions marker 1 to symbol 10 of burst 2 CALC MARK1 BSYM Outputs the burst and symbol values of marker 1 Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt CARRier lt Carrier gt This command positions the selected marker to the indicated carrier This command is query only for the following result displays e Constellation vs Symbol e Constellation vs Carrier Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Carrier gt PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 134 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n PENE CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example CALC MARK CARR 7 Positions marker 1 to carrier 7 CALC MARK CARR Outputs the carrier value of marker 1 Mode WLAN OFDM OFDMA WiBro CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt MAXimum This command sets the selected marker to the maximum peak value in the current trace This command is only available for the Spectrum Flatness result display Suffix lt n gt 1 4 window Example CALC2 MARK MAX Set marker 1 in screen B to maximum value in trace Mode WLAN OFDM OFDMA WiBro CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt MINim
29. ereere nenne 121 CAL Culate nz LUlMitisBURGGEVMDATAMANiImum 122 CAL Culate nzLUlMitisBURGSCEVMDATAMANiImum REGuI 122 CAL Culate nz LUlMitisBURGCEVMMANimum 122 CAL Culate nz LUlMitisBURGSCEVMMAXimumREGuIn 123 CAL Culate nzLlMitizs BURGSCEVM Pilo AVtChRagoel 123 CAL Culate nzLlMitsis BURG EVM Plo AVERaoelREGur esene eseeeeesrereesrsrerennee 123 CAL Culate nz LUlMitisBURGSCEVM Pilot M Avimum 124 CAL Culate nz LUlMitisBURGSCEVM Pilot M AvimumRESu 124 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURStFERRor AVERage esee enne 125 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURStFERRor AVERage RESUIt eese 125 CAL Culate nz LUlMitisBURGSCEERbRorMAximum 125 CAL Culate nz LUlMitisBURGGEERbRorMAimumRESuI 125 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt IQOFfset AVERage essen 126 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURStIQOFfset AVERage RE Gu 126 CAL Culate nz LUlMitzisBURGtilOOFtserMANVimum eene nennen nnns 126 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt IQOFfset MAXiIMUM RESUIt ccccccccseecesseeseseeeeeeeeeees 127 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURStSSYMBolerror AVERage eese 127 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt SYMBolerror AVERage RESUIt eseeeeesssusss 127 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt SYMBolerror MAXimum cesses eene 127 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt SYMBolerror MAXimUM RESUIt cccessccceesceeceseeeeeees 128 CALOCulate
30. n LIMit 12 BURSt TFALI AVERage eese 128 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt TFALI AVERage RESUIt esses 128 CAL Culate nz LUlMitisBURGSCTEALIMANimum nennen nn nn nnns 128 CAL Culate nz LUlMitisBURGSCTEALIMANimumbREGuI 129 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt TRISe AVERage sss 129 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt TRISe AVERage RESUIt esses 129 CAL Culate nz LUlMitzis BURG ThRlZeM Avimum 130 CAL Culate nz LUlMitzisBURGCThRl eM Avimum RESu 130 CALCulate n LIMit 1 CONTTOI DATA ENEE t reote ra eere tuse ER 130 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CALC UIate lt i gt BT TT 131 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt SPECtrum MASK CHECK X 5 elisee teet n sane nn mnia RR dde nna ARS 131 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt SPECtrum MASK CHECK Y ccccessccceecceeceseesseseececeeeeeseeeanees 132 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt UPPer DATA 2 2 ccccccececeecececeseneteseeeeeeteeeeeeeceaeceeaaeaaaeanenetenens 132 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt ACPower ACHannel This command returns the ACP adjacent channel limit for IEEE 802 11 if defined Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Return values lt Result gt numeric value in dB Example CALC LIM ACP ACH Returns the IEEE 802 11 ACP adjacent channel limit Usag
31. 02 06 1 67 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n IEEE 802 11a Display Ref Level 11 2 dam TM Burst 11 11 MN rr NN SGL Gate O List Screen A Capture Buffer EVM vs Carrier Selection Il 16 00 Os SCPI command dE er e on page 141 on page 141 Error Frequency Phase EVM Constell Selects the Rel Frequency Error vs Preamble or the Phase Error vs Preamble result displays These result displays show the error values recorded over the preamble part of the burst A minimum average and maximum trace are displayed The results display either relative frequency error or phase error Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 68 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n Spectrum Analyzer R amp S FSV K91 Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11a Sig Lvl Setting 21 2 dBm Ref Level 1 Gate Off 16 00 Os Measurement Complete Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 69 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n L SS Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n Spectrum Analyzer WLAN R amp S FSV K91 Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11a Settings z F z 2 46 S g 2 dB ernal A 0 dB Att Gap Ref Level 11 2 dam S ae SGL Gate Off mnam
32. 1 4 gt AVERage lt 1 4 gt TYPE VIDeo LINear i Key words in square brackets can be omitted when composing the header The full command length must be accepted by the instrument for reasons of compatibility with the SCPI standards Parameters in square brackets can be incorporated optionally in the command or omitted as well 0 Parameters in braces can be incorporated optionally in the command either not at all once or several times Description of Parameters Due to the standardization the parameter section of SCPI commands consists always of the same syntactical elements SCPI has therefore specified a series of definitions which are used in the tables of commands In the tables these established definitions are indicated in angled brackets lt gt and is briefly explained in the following For details see the chapter SCPI Command Structure in the base unit description Boolean This keyword refers to parameters which can adopt two states on and off The off state may either be indicated by the keyword OFF or by the numeric value 0 the on state is indicated by ON or any numeric value other than zero Parameter queries are always returned the numeric value 0 or 1 numeric value num These keywords mark parameters which may be entered as numeric values or be set using specific keywords character data The following keywords given below are per mitted e MAXimum Thi
33. 1 S4Mbi 0011 54Mbit s Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n Length 000000000010 SCPI command Statistics Settings Demod CCDF ren Signal Tail ooo000 10 07 2008 16 02 29 on page 145 PLCP Header IEEE 802 11b g Single Carrier Statistics This result display shows the decoded data from the PLCP header of the burst The following details are listed Column header Description Example Burst number of the decoded burst Burst 1 A colored block indicates that the burst was successfully decoded Signal signal field 00010100 The decoded data rate is shown below 2 MBits s Service service field decoded meaning of these bits The currently used bits are highlighted The text below explains the 00000000 gus Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 82 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n General Settings Dialog Box K91 PSDU Length length field 000000000111100 The decoded time to transmit the PSDU is shown below 0 120 us CRC CRC field 111010011100111 0 The result is displayed below OK for passed or Failed OK Spectrum Analyzer Statistics Settings 5 dnm Att 16 1 dBm it Demod 0 dB Ref Level 16 1 dBm Capture Time 10 ms No Samples 440000 SL G ni Screen A Capture Buffer y 8 Marker 20 19 dBm Os CCDF
34. 11n Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 57 8 Mbps QAM64585 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 58 5 Mbps QAM64722 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 72 2 Mbps QPSK Alias for Quadrature phase shift keying at higher data rate for selected standard QPSKe IEEE 802 11j 10 MHz Quadrature phase shift keying at 6 Mbps QPSK9 IEEE 802 11j 10 MHz Quadrature phase shift keying at 9 Mbps QPSK12 IEEE 802 112 g OFDM j 20 MHz amp Quadrature phase shift keying at 12 Mbps Turbo QPSK13 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature phase shift keying at 13 Mbps QPSK18 IEEE 802 11a g OFDM j 20 MHz amp Quadrature phase shift keying at 18 Mbps Turbo QPSK144 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature phase shift keying at 14 4 Mbps QPSK195 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature phase shift keying at 19 5 Mbps QPSK217 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature phase shift keying at 21 7 Mbps 5 14 2 Commands of the SENSe Subsystem SENSe BANDwidth CHANnel AUTO TE AAA 174 SENSe BANDwidth RESolution FIL Ter 175 SENSE JBURSECOUN cL 175 SENSE BURSCCOUNESTA EE 175 SES ebe Estgen 175 SENSe uDEMoag EF T OPEP SEU mnan a a aaa aaa a a a a aaa a iaaa 176 SENSe DEM d FILT CATA OJ irinae ina aE La aede 176 SENSE DEMOd FILT EF LENG irsana ia aa aa i EEE Enea e aene 176 E ERT E e RTE EE 177 SENS amp J DEMOG FORMaAEBANalyz 2 iere eerte a a a niet ead 177 ISGENGe IDEMod FORMatBANalvze Bye 177 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BTYPe AUTO TYPE
35. 200 Spectrum Group Delay 171n eem eene nennen 200 eeler Lu E E 201 Statistics Bitstream Data 201 Statistics CCDF Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function 201 Statistics Signal Field Data 201 EVM VS CANE M 202 EVM Vs ue 202 Error vs Preatmble aloe eid rende t ed nexu ctore GEES E Xe Lai nv Rep Rr E Ra adig 202 Frequency Sweep Measurements 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeaeeeaaesaaeaaaeaaeeaaeeas 203 Spectrum ACPR M 203 TRIGger Subsystem WLAN K91 91N eeeeeeeeeeeeeneneennennnnennn nnne 204 UNIT Subsystem K91 diee reete tee nnne n te ta hiec EEN 206 Status Reporting System Option R amp S FSV K91 esesssss 207 STATUS OPERation Reglster cra rta Edad ana Eee SNR ARE T SERRE RAE Edda da 210 STATus QUEStIonable Reglster ied ee eraat ceras ANEREN 210 STATus QUEStionable LIMit Register 211 STATus QUEStionable SYNC Register 212 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register 213 Notation In the following sections all commands implemented in the instrument are first listed and then described in detail arranged according to the command subsystems The notation is adapted to the SCPI standard The SCPI conformity information is included in the indi vidual description of the commands Individual Description The individual description contains the complete notation of the command An exa
36. BANalyze SYMBols MIN on page 182 Max Data Symbols IEEE 802 1 1a j n Specifies the maximum number of data symbols of a burst to be considered in measure ment analysis This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is deactivated SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols MAX on page 182 Channel Estimation IEEE 802 11a g OFDM j n Specifies how accurately the EVM results are calculated Preamble The channel estimation is performed in the preamble as required in the standard Payload The channel estimation is performed in the payload SCPI command SENSe DEMod CESTimation on page 175 Payload Length IEEE 802 11b g Specifies the number of symbols bytes or duration of a burst to be considered in mea surement analysis This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is acti vated SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes MIN on page 180 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation MIN on page 181 Min Payload Length IEEE 802 11b g Specifies the minimum number of symbols bytes or duration of a burst to be considered in measurement analysis This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is deactivated SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes MIN on page 180 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation MIN on page 181 Max Payload Length IEEE 802 11b g Spe
37. Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Return values lt Results gt Example Usage Mode CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 0 1 0 PASSED 1 FAILED CALC LIM BURS EVM PIL RES Average EVM for pilot carrier limit result is returned Query only WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM PILot MAXimum lt Value gt This command sets the maximum error vector magnitude limit summary for the pilot car riers Suffix lt n gt Parameters lt Value gt Example Mode 1 4 irrelevant numeric value in dB CALC LIM BURS EVM PIL MAX Maximum EVM for pilot carrier limit is returned WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM PILot MAXimum RESult This command returns the maximum error vector magnitude limit result summary for the pilot carriers Suffix lt n gt Return values lt Results gt Example Usage Mode Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 1 4 irrelevant 011 0 PASSED 1 FAILED CALC LIM BURS EVM PIL MAX RES Maximum EVM for pilot carrier limit result is returned Query only WLAN 124 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem c M MH M ae eee CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt FERRor AVERage Value This command sets the average
38. Defined Spatial Mapping table SCPI command CONFigure WLAN SMAPping MODE on page 153 Power Normalise specifies whether an amplification of the signal power due to the spatial mapping is per formed according to the matrix entries On Spatial mapping matrix is scaled by a constant factor to obtain a passive spatial mapping matrix which does not increase the total transmitted power Off Normalization step is omitted SCPI command CONFigure WLAN SMAPping NORMalise on page 153 User Defined Spatial Mapping Define your own spatial mapping between streams and antennas For each antenna TX1 4 the complex element of each STS Stream is defined The upper value is the real part part of the complex element The lower value is the imaginary part of the complex element npe uL E Ax e E Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 103 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Ich 4 4 Softkeys of the Sweep Menu SWEEP key R amp S FSV K91 91n Additionally a Time Shift can be defined for cyclic delay diversity CSD The stream for each antenna is calculated as Tx Stream Tx STS1 Tx STS 4 STS Stream Tx Stream Tx STS 1 Tx STS 4 STS Stream SCPI command CONFigure WLAN SMAPping TX 1 4 on page 154 CONFigure WLAN SMAPping TX 1 4 STReam 1 4 on page 154 CONFigure WLAN SMAP
39. E 10 07 2008 14 47 00 For further details refer to the PVT on page 62 softkey SCPI command NFigure BURS on page 143 Ref Pow Max Mean IEEE 802 11b g Single Carrier PVT Sets the reference for the rise and fall time calculation to the maximum or mean burst power For further details refer to the PVT on page 62 softkey SCPI command CONI er on page 142 Average Length IEEE 802 11b g Single Carrier PVT Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of samples in order to adjust the length of the smoothing filter For further details refer to the PVT on page 62 softkey SCPI command gure BURS Rage on page 142 Gating Settings On Off PVT Activates or deactivates gating and opens the Gate Settings dialog box to specify range of captured data used in results calculation Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 64 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n m M HP M P a ae eae Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n On Uses only the specified range of captured data in results calculation In the Magnitude Capture Buffer trace two vertical lines mark the specified range Off Uses all the captured data in results calculation In the Gate Settings dialog box the following parameters are set Delay Start point of captured data to be used in results calculatio
40. EXPected RF on page 146 Auto Lvl Signal Level Reference Level Activates or deactivates the automatic setting of the reference level for measurements ON The reference level is measured automatically at the start of each mea surement sweep This ensures that the reference level is always set at the optimal level for obtaining accurate results but will result in slightly increased measurement times OFF The reference level is defined manually in the Signal Level Reference Level on page 84 field SCPI command CONFigure POWer AUTO on page 146 CONFigure POWer AUTO SWEep TIME on page 146 Ext Att Specifies the external attenuation or gain applied to the RF signal A positive value indi cates attenuation a negative value indicates gain All displayed power level values are shifted by this value SCPI command INPut ATTenuation on page 168 Capture Time Specifies the time and therefore the amount of data to be captured in a single mea surement sweep SCPI command SENSe SWEep TIME on page 190 Burst Count Activates or deactivates a specified number of bursts for capture and analysis On The data analysis is performed over a number of consecutive sweeps until the required number of bursts has been captured and analyzed Off The data analysis is performed on a single measurement sweep SCPI command SENSe BURSt COUNt STATe on page 175 Analyze Bursts Specifies
41. Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Display List Graph Statistics See on page 61 CCDF Statistics Sets the CCDF result display This result display shows the probability of an amplitude within the gating lines exceeding the mean power measured between the gating lines The x axis displays power relative to the measured mean power Spectrum Analyzer WLAN Statistics Settings Sig Lvl Setting 21 2 dBm xternal Att REESEN odulation jata Sy S 111366 Display List T l u Bitstream Signal Field 20 dB mmm 10 07 2008 PLETELY J 16 00 33 SCPI command on page 145 Bitstream Statistics Sets the Bitstream result display This result display shows the demodulated data stream e EEE 802 11a j g OFDM amp n The results are grouped by symbol and carrier Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 79 Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n R amp S FSV K91 91n 011001 111100 111100 101010 000101 100100 111001 101111 001010 1 100011 101 010010 101111 111110 010101 001101 001100 101010 T 101001 110100 001111 Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n 001010 011011 001101 101101 101101 111101 111001 111100 IEEE 802 11a 010100 011100 111110 111100 101010 001011 101011 0 IEEE 802 11b or g Single Carrier The results are grouped by burst 101010 101100 011010 000110 011100 000011 Settin
42. IMM Analyze the captured data WLAN IEEE 802 11n MIMO CONFigure WLAN MIMo CAPTure TYPe Method Specifies the method used to analyze MIMO signals Parameters Method Example Mode Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 SIMultaneous Simultaneous normal MIMO operation OSP Sequential using open switch platform MANual Sequential using manual operation RST SIM CONF WLAN MIM TYP SIM WLAN IEEE 802 11n MIMO 151 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure WLAN OSP ADDRess Address Specifies the TCP IP address of the switch unit to be used for automated sequential MIMO measurements The supported unit is Rohde amp Schwarz OSP 1505 3009 03 with module option 1505 5101 02 Parameters ID TCP IP address in dotted IPV4 format Example CONF WLAN MIM OSP ADDR 192 168 114 157 Mode WLAN IEEE 802 11n MIMO CONFigure WLAN OSP MODule ID Specifies the module of the switch unit to be used for automated sequential MIMO meas urements The supported unitis Rohde amp Schwarz OSP 1505 3009 03 with module option 1505 5101 02 Parameters ID Module ID RST A11 Example CONF WLAN MIM OSP MOD A11 Mode WLAN IEEE 802 11n MIMO CONFigure WLAN PAYload LENgth SRC Source Determines if the payload length should be taken from the signal field decoding result or from the
43. KO1 O1n Qo FOV NRYG J Spectrum Analyzer EVM Constell 21 2 dBm IS 2 Carrier div 26 Carrier 10 07 2008 SCPI command on page 141 on page 141 Carrier Selection IEEE 802 11a g j n OFDM EVM Constell Opens a dialog box to select the carrier for data display Either a specific carrier number pilots only or all carriers can be selected SCPI command on page 140 Gating Settings On Off EVM Constell See on page 64 Import EVM Constell See on page 65 Export EVM Constell See on page 65 Y Axis Div EVM Constell Opens a dialog box to modify the y axis settings Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 72 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Ich Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n Auto Scaling If activated the scaling of the y axis is calculated automatically Per Division Specifies the scaling to be used if Auto Scaling is deactivated Unit Specifies the y axis unit With the unit is dB Auto Scaling is always activated SCPI command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe AUTO on page 156 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe PDIVision on page 157 R amp S Support EVM Constell See R amp S Support on page 66 Spectrum Opens a submenu for frequency measurements Settings General Demod Spectrum See Settings General Demod on page 61 Display List Graph S
44. Ll c E ete 108 S Sample rate Digital UO Interface remote control 169 poe c deh vet daaieet 88 SCPI Conformity information sssssssssses 111 SEM Configuration KO 78 Trace detector remote control 187 Signal Field Measurement assisen eege See 37 signal processing IEEE 802 118 K91 91n see 21 IEEE 802 11b K91 91n sse 29 Signal Source Ixemiote control os cen rre rhe rn 169 Softkey ACP Rel Abs K91 91n sse 76 ACP Rel Abs remote control K91 91n 138 Auto Level koiigin ss Average Length K91 91n Ser Bitstream K91 91n sse Carrier Selection K91 91n ssssssssss 72 CCDF K91 91n S Constell vs Symbol Carrier K91 91n 70 Continue Single Sweep remote control 168 Continuous Sweep remote control Cont Meas remote Control Default All k n Default Current K91 91n Display List Graph K91 91n Edit ACLR Limit remote control Error Frequency Phase K91 91n D EVM Constell K91 91n sss 66 EVM vs Symbol Carrier K91 91n 66 Export remote control Full Burst K91 91n oer rre Gated Trigger remote control
45. Mask settings and limits are applied The following standards are supported ETSI Settings and limits are as specified in the standard IEEE Settings and limits are as specified in the IEEE Std 802 11n 2009 Figure 20 17 Transmit spectral mask for 20 MHz transmission For other IEEE standards see table 5 1 in the remote command description User Settings and limits are configured via an XML file SCPI command SENSe POWer SEM on page 185 File Name SEM Settings Spectrum When SEM according to User settings are specified File Name shows the name of the loaded XML file Clicking the arrow switches to the File Manager to locate an XML file and automatically selects SEM according to User Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 77 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n m M M e 1 Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n When using ETSI or IEEE standards File Name indicates the name of the built in configuration SCPI command MMEMory LOAD SEM STATe 1 on page 171 Trace Reduction SEM Settings Spectrum During the Spectrum Emission Mask SEM measurement data is acquired and trace data is selected according to the trace detector setting from the SEM xml definition file for each frequency range Alternatively the peak detector can be used regardless of the
46. Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application on page 30 chapter 3 4 2 Literature of the IEEE 802 11b Application on page 35 Abbreviations timing offset At frequency offset Ao phase offset ARG calculation of the angle of a complex value EVM error vector magnitude 6 estimate of the gain factor in the I branch 9o estimate of the gain factor in the Q branch Ada accurate estimate of the crosstalk factor of the Q branch in the I branch fv estimated baseband filter of the transmitter Riv estimated baseband filter of the receiver l estimate of the IQ offset in the I branch a estimate of the IQ offset in the l branch r v measurement signal v estimate of the reference signal Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 29 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Ech Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application V estimate of the power normalized and undisturbed reference signal REAL calculation of the real part of a complex value IMAG calculation of the imaginary part of a complex value 3 4 1 Understanding Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application A block diagram of the measurement application is shown below in figure 3 2 The base band signal of an IEEE 802 11b wireless LAN system transmitter is sampled with a sam pling rate of 44 MHz The first task of the measurement application is t
47. Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for WLAN Measurements 107 Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV Luc T m 110 Notatio Pee ETE 111 ABORt Subsystoem 2 2 2 eene delen ed ERE b EE REPRE RES 114 SS Ml Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 3 R amp S FSV K91 91n Contents 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 15 5 16 5 17 5 18 5 19 CALCulate BURSt Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 114 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 115 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 133 CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n eee 139 DISPlay Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n eene 155 FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n eere 159 FORMat Subsysterm 5 eene ines Le pei ETHNESCH 167 INITiate Subsystem nnne en ERR LER Renee Lee exeat Fea gene uod 167 INPut Subsystein eegen 168 INSTrument Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n ceres 170 MMEMory Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n cese 170 SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n esee 171 STATus Subsystem WLAN K91 ener nenne nnn 191 TR
48. TX antennas sent by one device under test DUT All modes support RF and Analog Baseband signal input Simultaneous Simultaneous normal MIMO operation The number of Tx antennas set in DUT MIMO configuration defines the number of analyzers required for this measurement setup Sequential Sequential using open switch platform using OSP A single analyzer and the Rohde amp Schwarz OSP Switch Platform with Switch at least one fitted R amp S OSP B101 option is required to measure the number of DUT Tx Antennas as defined in DUT MIMO configuration Sequential Sequential using manual operation manual A single analyzer is required to measure the number of DUT Tx Anten nas as defined in DUT MIMO configuration Data capturing is performed manually via the analyzer s user interface SCPI command CONFigure WLAN MIMo CAPTure TYPe on page 151 nempe uL P E x n se Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 89 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n me M H M M p Se ae ae General Settings Dialog Box K91 Simultaneous Signal Capture Setup For each RX antenna from which data is to be captured simultaneously the settings are configured here State Simultaneous Signal Capture Setup Switches the corresponding slave analyzer On or Off In On state the slave analyzer captures
49. Transmit spectral mask for a 40 MHz channel in the 2 4 GHz band Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 186 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem MM aes SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Manual operation The spectrum emission mask measurement is Parameter value performed according to the standard IEEE 802 11mb D08 20M SG IEEE Draft P802 11 REVmb D8 0 March 2011 IEEE_D08_20_5 Figure 19 19 Transmit spectral mask for 20 MHz transmission in the 5 GHz band IEEE 802 11mb D08 40M SG IEEE Draft P802 11 REVmb D8 0 March 2011 IEEE_D08_40_5 Figure 19 20 Transmit spectral mask for a 40 MHz channel in the 5 GHz band SENSe POWer SEM TRACe REDuction lt Method gt This command specifies how trace reduction is performed for the Spectrum Emission Mask SEM measurement Parameters lt Method gt Example Mode PEAK For each frequency range the peak detector is used to determine the corresponding trace value This was the behaviour for the SEM measurement in analyzer K91 versions before 1 63 DETector For each frequency range the trace detector defined in the SEM xml file is used to determine the corresponding trace value RST PEAK POW SEM TRAC RED PEAK Set SEM measurement to use peak trace reduction WLAN SENSe SWAPiq State This command defines whethe
50. a sampling rate oft 128 MHz This digital sequence is resampled Thus the sampling rate of the down sampled sequence r i is the Nyquist rate of f 20 MHz Up to this point the digital part is implemented in an ASIC In the lower part of the figure the subsequent digital signal processing is shown In the first block the packet search is performed This block detects the Long Symbol LS and recovers the timing The coarse timing is detected first This search is implemented in the time domain The algorithm is based on cyclic repetition within the LS after N 64 samples Numerous treatises exist on this subject e g 1 to 3 Furthermore a coarse estimate A coarse of the Rx Tx frequency offset Af is derived from the metric in 6 The hat generally indicates an estimate e g is the estimate of x This can easily be understood because the phase of r i A r i N is determined by the frequency offset As the frequency deviation Af can exceed half a bin distance between neighboring sub carriers the preceding Short Symbol SS is also analyzed in order to detect the ambiguity After the coarse timing calculation the time estimate is improved by the fine timing cal culation This is achieved by first estimating the coarse frequency response H 4S with k 26 26 denoting the channel index of the occupied sub carriers C e Operating Ma
51. amp S FSV K91 91n PENE Parameters lt TYPE gt Example Mode CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n FBURst The guard length of the first PPDU is detected and subsequent bursts are analyzed only if they match Auto same type as first burst in manual operation ALL All PPDUs are analyzed regardless of guard length Auto individually for every burst in manual operation MS Only PPDUs with short guard interval length are analyzed corresponds to Meas only Short in manual operation MN8 MN16 parameters in previous versions ML Only bursts with long guard interval length are analyzed corresponds to Meas only Long in manual operation ML16 ML32 parameters in previous versions DS All bursts are demodulated assuming short guard interval length corresponds to Demod all as short in manual operation DN8 DN16 parameters in previous versions DL All bursts are demodulated assuming long guard interval length corresponds to Demod all as long in manual operation DL16 DL32 parameters in previous versions CONF WLAN GTIM AUTO TYPE FBUR WLAN CONFigure WLAN GTIMe SELect lt GuardTime gt This remote control command specifies the guard time of the IEEE 802 11n input signal If the guard time is specified to be detected from the input signal using the CONFigure WLAN GTIMe AUTO command then this command is query only and allows the detected guard time to be obtained Parameters
52. an auto level measurement is performed 6 Auto level NoSIGnal This bit is set if no signal is detected by the auto level measurement Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 212 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Dee Status Reporting System Option R amp S FSV K91 Bit No Meaning 7 14 These bits are not used 15 This bit is always 0 5 19 5 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register This register contains information about the observance of limits during adjacent power measurements It can be read using the commands STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit CONDition and STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit EVENt CD No limit lines are displayed in screen A Table 5 9 Meaning of the bits used in the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit register Bit No Meaning 0 7 Not used 8 ADJ UPPer FAIL Screen B This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the upper adjacent channel in screen B 9 ADJ LOWer FAIL Screen B This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the lower adjacent channel in screen B 10 ALT1 UPPer FAIL Screen B This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the upper 1st alternate channel in screen B 11 ALT1 LOWer FAIL Screen B This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the lower 1st alternate channel in screen B 12 ALT2 UPPer FAIL Screen B This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the uppe
53. analyzers 4 Either connect the Path A RF Baseband connector with one analyzer and the Path B RF Baseband connector with the other analyzer or use the air interface with appropriate antennas 5 Connect the master and the slave anaylzer via LAN according to the figure above As an alternative it is sufficient to connect master and slave with a cross LAN cable The analyzer with the analyzer K91n option can be used as master The slave ana lyzer does not require a WLAN option 6 Setup the SMU to generate a 2 Tx IEEE 802 11n MIMO signal For the SMU Baseband A selectthe IEEE 802 11n option This opens the IEEE 802 11n WLAN A dialog L Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 15 R amp S FSV K91 91n A red 2 400 000 000 00 ferz B es 2 400 000 000 00 cs z A ALC Auto B ALC Auto Fy IEEE 802 14n WLAN A State Configure Baseband B from Baseband A Transmit Antennas Setup Frame Block Configuration 802 11n A p Set To Default Save Recall Data List Management Generate Waveform File Filter Clipping Cosine Clip Off Trigger Marker Auto Clock Internal SR WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Basic Measurement Examples ed 2 OU ge ce 20 00 5 7 reel 20 00 im EES DIG VQ OUT va OUT VQ Mod A 7 Select the Transmission Bandwidth 40MHz In the IEEE 802 11n WLAN AT dialog press
54. are included in the results analysis whose modulation format specified in the signal symbol field matches the modulation for mat specified in the Analyze PSDU Mod IEEE 802 11n SISO on page 95 field The data is demodulated according to the modulation scheme specified in the Demodulator IEEE 802 118 b g j on page 95 field If any of the analyzed data has a modulation different to that specified the results will be of limited use EMod FORMat SIGSymbol on page 184 Use Header Content IEEE 802 11b g Single Carrier Activates or deactivates the PLCP header field decoding of the captured burst data ON OFF SCPI command ENSe DI S Only the bursts are included in the results analysis whose modulation format specified in the signal symbol field matches the modulation for mat specified in the Analyze PSDU Mod IEEE 802 11n SISO on page 95 field The data is demodulated according to the modulation scheme specified in the Demodulator IEEE 802 118 b g j on page 95 field If any of the analyzed data has a modulation different to that specified the results will be of limited use EMod FORMat SIGSymbol on page 184 Burst Type IEEE 802 11a g OFDM Single Carrier j amp n Specifies the type of burst to be included in measurement analysis Only one burst type can be selected for the measurement results The following burst types are supported Direct Link Burst IEEE
55. basic K9 1 9 1M nnn tnr rtp lees 13 DiglConf Measurement menu SOMMKGY p 109 KO 1 99 e 60 menu E Amplitude K91 91n Frequency K91 91n Equalizer Filter Lines K91 91n Re EE 99 Marker K91 91n EVM Marker To K91 91n IEEE 802 171D WEE 45 Sweep K91 91n osise iesire KOT geen 45 Trace K91 91n sees cla H 108 Trigger K91 91n DiglGOnf 4 ares niat deside bdo ee 109 WLAN K91 01n cens Exporting Messages VO data remote 171 Signal Fi ld RE 40 MIMO F Method n Fregue cymen Sequential ni ettet tei daikon OPIS i e cete idt adeb pa 61 A MD DAR VERA Full Scale Level Digital UO Interface remote control 169 O Digital IQ cette iin niin dies ster hei 88 online help G working wi 8 General Settings dialog box MM 152 EE Si Wegener ege Geer 152 e 90 UO data P Export remote control esses 171 Import remote control seeessses 170 PISBISISVRIAISBES ee aiiud e IEC IEEE bus R Command description esses 111 Importing R amp S Support VQ data remote ENEE 170 BURN eet 66 108 Recelve Fillet ics cesiersaceneencevet ccs cp nancienneneersvervenceveacenmeSeninas 99 Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 220 R amp S FSV K91 91n Index RX Settings
56. command TRACe IQ SRATe on page 197 Meas Range IEEE 802 11b g Defines the measurement range for the peak vector error All Symbols Peak Error Vector results are calculated over the complete burst cpu uL P E a Ei Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 88 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 4 2 3 General Settings Dialog Box K91 PSDU only Peak Error Vector results are calculated over the PSDU only SCPI command CONFigure WLAN PVERror MRANge on page 152 STC MIMO Settings IEEE 802 11n MIMO only DUT MIMO conDg ballgi oerte ent a e eter lp isthe eden e radere ns 89 ucc eric m e 89 Simultaneous Signal Capture Setup eee nakaa E dcn un Ren aaa a aA 90 o CP m 90 L Analyzer IP Address 90 E EE 90 L Joined RX Sync and Trackling 90 Sequential Using OSP Switch Setup esses esee 90 2 IP 1 en L 91 I d jl on M EE 92 Manual Sequential MIMO Data Capture 92 Er 0 NECEM 92 E o I ch Sa aaa DRESD RTI EPIS 92 Loo H E een 92 DUT MIMO configuration Defines the number of Tx antennas of the device under test DUT Currently up to 4 Tx antennas are supported SCPI command CONFigure WLAN DUTConfig on page 148 Signal Capture Defines the MIMO method used by the analyzer s to capture data from multiple
57. compares the HT SIG length against the length estimated from the PPDU power profile If the two values do not match the corresponding entry is highlighted orange If the signal quality is very bad this comparison is suppressed and the message above is shown Warning HT SIG of PPDU was not evaluated Decoding of the HT SIG was not possible because there was to not enough data in the Capture Memory potential burst truncation Warning Mismatch between HT SIG and estimated SNR Power PPDU length The HT SIG length and the length estimated by the R amp S FSV application from the PPDU power profile are different Warning Physical Channel estimation impossible Phy Chan results not available Possible reasons channel matrix not square or singular to working precision The Physical Channel results could not be calculated for one or both of the following reasons nau puc c E co C Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 40 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 3 8 3 8 1 3 8 1 1 Measurement Result Types e The spatial mapping can not be applied due to a rectangular mapping matrix the number of space time streams is not equal to the number of transmit antennas e The spatial mapping matrices are singular to working precision PPDUs are dismissed due to inconsistencies Hint PPDU requires at least one payload symbol Currently at lea
58. dB Example CALC LIM BURS EVM 25 0 Average EVM limit is set to 25 dB Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM AVERage RESult This command returns the average error vector magnitude limit result for the IEEE 802 11b standard Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Return values lt Results gt Oli 0 PASSED 1 FAILED Example CALC LIM BURS EVM RES Average EVM limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM ALL AVERage Value This command sets the average error vector magnitude limit This is a combined figure that represents the pilot data and the free carrier Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in dB Example CALC LIM BURS EVM ALL 25 0 Average EVM for all carrier limit is set to 25 0 dB Mode WLAN PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 119 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Eh CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM ALL AVERage RESult This command returns the average error vector magnitude limit result This is a combined figure that represents the pilot data and the free carrier Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Return values lt Results gt 0 1 0 PASSED 1 FAILED Example CALC LIM BURS EVM ALL RES Average EVM for all carrier limit result is returne
59. data per symbol are returned in the following order Carrier 21 Carrier 7 Carrier 7 Carrier 21 e lf asingle carrier is selected 1 pair of and Q data per symbol is returned For IEEE 802 11n only e 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth If All Carriers is selected it will return 56 pairs of and Q data per symbol If Pilots Only is selected it will return 4 pairs of and Q per symbol in the following order Carrier 21 Carrier 7 Carrier 7 Carrier 21 If a single carrier is selected it will return 1 pair of and Q data per symbol e A0 MHz Channel Bandwidth If All Carriers is selected it will return 116 pairs of and Q data per symbol If Pilots Only is selected it will return 6 pairs of and Q per symbol in the following order Carrier 53 Carrier 25 Carrier 11 Carrier 11 Carrier 25 Carrier 53 If a single carrier is selected it will return 1 pair of and Q data per symbol For IEEE 802 11b the data is returned as a repeating array of interleaved and Q data in symbol order until all the data is exhausted 5 16 2 2 Constellation vs Carrier This measurement represents and Q data Data is returned as a repeating array of interleaved and Q data in groups of 53 channels 57 within the n standard including DC until all the data is exhausted The IEEE 80211n Standard has 57 carrier for 20MHz channel bandwidth including DC and 117 carriers for 40MHz channel bandwidth including 3 DC Each and Q po
60. dy also contains a constant part This constant part is caused by the frequency deviation A fs not yet compensated To understand this keep in mind that the measurement of the phase starts at the first symbol 1 of the payload In contrast the channel frequency response H in Equation 10 represents the channel at the long symbol of the preamble Consequently the frequency deviation A fies not yet compensated produces a phase drift between the long symbol and the first symbol of the payload Therefore this phase drift appears as a constant value DC value in dY Referring to the IEEE 802 11a measurement standard Chapter 17 3 9 7 Transmit mod ulation accuracy test 6 the common phase drift phase commo must be estimated and compensated from the pilots Therefore this symbol wise phase tracking Tracking Phase is activated as the default setting of the R amp S FSV K91 91n Furthermore the timing drift in Equation 10 is given by phase 2nxN NxExkxl Equation 12 3 3 with the relative clock deviation of the reference oscillator Normally a symbol wise timing jitter is negligible and thus not modeled in Equation 12 However there may be situations where the timing drift has to be taken into account This is illustrated by an example In accordance to 6 the allowed clock deviation of the DUT is up to max 20 ppm Furthermore a long packet with 400 symbols is assumed The result of Equation 10 and Equa
61. for which triggering will occur Parameters lt Level gt Range 50 to 20 RST 20 DBM Default unit dBm Example TRIG MODE POW Sets the external trigger mode TRIG LEV POW 10 DBM Sets the level to 10 dBm for RF measurement Mode WLAN TRIGger SEQuence LEVel POWer AUTO lt State gt This command specifies whether or not an automatic power trigger level calculation is performed before each main measurement The setting of this command is ignored if the setting for the TRIGger SEQuence MODE on page 205 command is not POWer Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example TRIG LEV POW AUTO ON Specifies that an automatic power trigger level calculation should be performed before the start of each main measurement Mode WLAN UNIT Subsystem K91 URT cds EE 206 BC Ier 207 ITER 207 UNIT EVM lt Unit gt This command specifies the units for EVM results Parameters lt Unit gt DB PCT DB EVM results returned in dB PCT EVM results returned in RST DB Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 206 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 19 Status Reporting System Option R amp S FSV K91 Example UNIT EVM PCT EVM results to be returned in 96 Mode WLAN UNIT GIMBalance Unit This command specifies the units for gain imbalance results Parameters Unit DB PCT DB Gain imbalance results returned in dB PCT G
62. frequency error limit Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in Hertz Example CALC LIM BURS FERR 10000 The average frequency error limit is set to 10 kHz Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt FERRor AVERage RESult This command returns the average frequency error limit result Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC LIM BURS FERR RES Average frequency error limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt FERRor MAXimum Value This command sets the maximum frequency error limit Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in Hertz Example CALC LIM BURS FERR MAX Maximum frequency error limit is returned Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt FERRor MAXimum RESult This command returns the maximum frequency error limit result Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 125 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pecu e MM M M SS eee CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example CALC LIM BURS FERR MAX RES Maximum frequency error limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt QOFfset AVERage Value This command sets the averag
63. full screen SCPI command DISPlay FORMat on page 155 4 6 Softkeys of the Marker Menu MKR key R amp S FSV K91 91n The following table shows all softkeys available in the Marker menu in WLAN mode MKR key It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys If a softkey is only available with a special option model or measurement mode this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description Close all settings dialog boxes before opening the Marker menu nasce um c EC c ee TL GS G Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 105 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 4 7 Softkeys of the Marker To Menu MKR gt key R amp S FSV K91 91n Marker 1 Opens a dialog box to adjust the marker The contents of the dialog box depend on the type of graph the marker is adjusted to After every change the marker position in the trace and the marker information are updated SCPI command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt STATe on page 133 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt X on page 136 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt Y on page 137 CALCulate n MARKer 1 SYMBol on page 135 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt CARRier on page 134 Unzoom Cancels the marker zoom SCPI command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion ZOOM on page 139 Marker Zoom Opens an edit dialog box t
64. gt BURSt EVM DATA AVERage RESult This command returns the average error vector magnitude limit result summary for the data carrier Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Return values Results Oli 0 PASSED 1 FAILED Example CALC LIM BURS EVM DATA RES Average EVM for data carrier limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN EE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 121 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n EENHEETEN CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM DATA MAXimum lt Value gt This command sets the maximum error vector magnitude limit summary for the data carrier Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in dB Example CALC LIM BURS EVM DATA MAX Maximum EVM for data burst limit is returned Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM DATA MAXimum RESult This command returns the maximum error vector magnitude limit result summary for the data carrier Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Return values lt Results gt Oli 0 PASSED 1 FAILED Example CALC LIM BURS EVM DATA MAX RES Maximum EVM for data carrier limit result is returned Character istics Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM MAXimum lt Value gt This command sets the maximum error vector magnitude limit for
65. if STBC field 0 1 2 DO D1 D2 Demod all as STBC field 0 1 2 Example CONF WLAN STBC AUTO TYPE DISPlay Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as well as of measurement data on the display In contrast to the basic device the WLAN TX Measurements option supports the split screen modus DISP FORMAE e C M 155 DISPlayEWINBowens SSEL6cL asia ieee iere td een e FERA eee lee 156 ei LE e ee Ee 156 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe AUTO ssesssssssseseeeeene nennen 156 DiSblavlfWiNDow nzTR ACectlSCALelb ivislon en erosorrernenererersennn 157 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe st Y SCALe RLEVel sse 157 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe RLEVel RF 2 eese 158 DiSblavlfWiNDow nzTR ACectlSCALelRlEVelilO ororsrrnerennrerersennn 158 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet 0 c cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 159 DISPlay FORMat lt Format gt This command switches the measurement result display between FULL SCREEN and SPLIT SCREEN SSS eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 155 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n DISPlay Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters lt Format gt SINGle SPLit SPLit Show 2 or more screens on the di
66. length and the length estimated from the PPDU power profile If a required property set by the user in the Demod Settings does not match the corre sponding PPDU property from the list the PPDU is dismissed An appropriate message is provided The corresponding PPDU in the Capture Memory in not highlighted Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 39 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Signal Field Measurement IEEE 802 n SISO MIMO Spectrum WLAN l Sig Lvi Set 29 1 dBm Time 50 ms Standard IEEE 802 11n MIMO f Settings Frequency 2 4 GHz Data Symbols 1 1366 PPDU MCS Index GI General 80 MHz Samples 4000001 Burst 0 0 C Demod A Capture Memory den Rx1 Ref 19 1 dBr Att EI 0 00 dE erg E 2n secnm Pree Fees m WEEN umore ere Keen k mE Fra Listi List2 CCDF N en Bitstream 4 38 i 4 Cm T Signal Field 0 0000 ms 5 0000 ms div i 50 0000 ms B Signal Field 0111011000000 00x01101110 0111011000000 00x01101110 Measurement Complete Fig 3 8 Mixed mode 20MHz signal with Channel BW to measure set to measure only 40MHz signals Messages and warnings The following messages are generated by the R amp S FSV K91 measurement application Results contribute to overall results despite inconsistencies Info Comparison between HT SIG Payload Length and Estimated Payload Length not performed due to insufficient SNR The R amp S FSV K91 application
67. n gt 1 4 irrelevant Return values lt Results gt The results are input or output as a list of values separated by in the following ASCII format average frequency error max frequency error gt average symbol error max symbol error average IQ offset maximum IQ offset average EVM all bursts max EVM all bursts average EVM data carriers gt max EVM data carriers gt average EVM pilots gt max EVM pilots gt The units for the EVM results are specified with the UNIT EVM command Example CALC LIM BURS ALL All limit values are returned Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt ALL RESUIt This command returns all the limit results Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Return values lt Results gt For details on formats refer to FETCh BURSt ALL on page 161 Example CALC LIM BURS ALL RES All limit values are returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM AVERage lt Value gt This command sets the average error vector magnitude limit for the IEEE 802 11b stand ard PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 118 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem e M M M MM M Se SS ae eee CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in
68. of data symbols or duration specified in the Payload Length field are considered for measurement analysis See Payload Length IEEE 802 11b g on page 97 Off Only bursts within the range of data symbols or duration specified by the Min Payload Length and Max Payload Length fields are considered for measurement analysis See Min Payload Length IEEE 802 115 9 on page 97 and Max Payload Length IEEE 802 11b g on page 97 SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols EQUal on page 181 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes EQUal on page 179 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation EQUal on page 180 Data Symbols IEEE 802 11a j n Specifies the number of data symbols of a burst to be considered in measurement analy sis This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is activated SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols MIN on page 182 epu uL E A n M Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 96 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n DEET Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 Min Data Symbols IEEE 802 11a j n Specifies the minimum number of data symbols of a burst to be considered in measure ment analysis This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is deactivated SCPI commana SENSe DEMod FORMat
69. over the whole burst SS ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 45 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Measurement Result Types Burst EVM Direct Burst EVM Direct evaluates the root mean square EVM over one burst That is the square root of the averaged error power normalized by the averaged reference power 5 Eos n Xref Gol Y lec EVM N 1 Nom KS Dat n K Ix ref 1 n 0 n 0 Before calculation of the EVM the measurement signal is corrected in respect of fre quency error clock deviation and IQ impairments If more than one burst is evaluated several analyzed bursts in the capture buffer or with the help of Overall Burst Count the Min Mean Max columns show the minimum mean or maximum Burst EVM of all analyzed bursts Burst EVM is not part of the IEEE standard and no limit check is specified Nevertheless this commonly used EVM calculation can give some insight in modulation quality and allows comparisons to other modulation standards Q Fig 3 9 IQ diagram for EVM calculation Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 46 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Deeg 3 8 3 3 9 Measurement Settings and Result Displays Rise Fall Time Measurement The rise fall time is calculated according to the following algorithm e Apply a moving average filter over the burst power adjustable average length e f Ref Pow Ma
70. phase angle less than 90 degrees R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Measurement Result Types Graphics Vector Diagram T o H 5 3 m 3 Cy l A 06 04 02 00 02 04 06 08 11 Inphase ift 3 8 2 EVM Measurement The R amp S FSV K91 option provides two different types of EVM calculation Peak EVM IEEE Peak EVM IEEE evaluates the EVM as defined in section 18 4 7 8 Transmit modulation accuracy ofthe IEEE 802 11b standard The measurement signal is corrected in respect of frequency error and clock deviation before EVM calculation Additionally the specified calculation removes the dc offset of the measurement signal The standard does not specify a normalization factor for the error vector magnitude To get a level independent EVM value the R amp S FSV K91 normalizes the EVM values so that an EVM of 100 indicates that the error power on the I or Q channels equals the mean power on the I or Q channels respectively The Peak EVM is the maximum EVM over all chips of one burst If more than one burst is evaluated several analyzed bursts in the capture buffer or with the help of Overall Burst Count the Min Mean Max columns show the minimum mean or maximum Peak EVM of all analyzed bursts The IEEE 802 11b standard allows a Peak EVM of less than 35 In contrary to the specification the R amp S FSV K91 does not limit the measurement to 1000 chips length but searches the maximum
71. return to the analyzer application press any key on the front panel The application is displayed with the EXIQ menu regardless of which key was pressed For details on the R amp S DiglConf application see the R amp SGEX IQ BOX Digital Interface Module R amp SGDiglConf Software Operating Manual Note If you close the R amp S DiglConf window using the Close icon the window is mini mized not closed If you select the File Exit menu item in the R amp S DiglConf window the application is closed Note that in this case the settings are lost and the EX IQ BOX functionality is no longer available until you restart the application using the DiglConf softkey in the ana lyzer once again SCPI command Remote commands for the R amp S DiglConf software always begin with SOURce EBOX Such commands are passed on from the analyzer to the R amp S DiglConf automatically which then configures the R amp S EX IQ BOX via the USB connection All remote commands available for configuration via the R amp S DiglConf software are described in the R amp SGEX IQ BOX Digital Interface Module R amp SG amp DiglConf Software Operating Manual Example 1 SOURCe EBOX RST SOURce EBOX IDN Result Rohde amp Schwarz DiglIConf 02 05 436 Build 47 Example 2 SOURCe EBOX USER CLOCk REFerence FREQuency 5MHZ Defines the frequency value of the reference clock I Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 109 R amp S
72. see STATus QUEStionable POWer register in the base unit description 4 TEMPerature This bit is set if a questionable temperature occurs PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 210 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Status Reporting System Option R amp S FSV K91 Bit No Meaning 5 FREQuency The bit is set if a frequency is questionable see STATus QUEStionable FREQuency register in the base unit description Not available from the R amp S FSV K91 option 6 to7 Not used 8 CALibration The bit is set if a measurement is performed unaligned UNCAL display 9 LIMit device specific This bit is set if a limit value is violated see chapter 5 19 3 STATus QUEStionable LIMit Regis ter on page 211 Note The Limit register is associated with limit lines for the Spectrum Mask measurement only 10 LMARgin device specific This bit is set if a margin is violated see STATus QUEStionable LMARgin register in the base unit description Not available from the R amp S FSV K91 option 11 SYNC device specific This bit is set if in measurements or pre measurements in WLAN mode synchronization fails no signal is detected or no burst is found This bit is also set if input settings conflict with the mea surement setup see chapter 5 19 4 STATus QUEStionable SYNC Register on page 212 12 ACPLimit device specific This
73. setting in the SEM definition file Peak For each frequency range the peak detector is used to determine the corresponding trace value This was the behaviour for the SEM mea surement in analyzer K91 versions before 1 63 Trace detec For each frequency range the trace detector defined in the SEM xml tor file is used to determine the corresponding trace value SCPI command SENSe POWer SEM TRACe REDuction on page 187 TX Channel SEM Settings Spectrum The bandwidth and RBW of the transmission channel are displayed for reference only SEM Configuration SEM Settings Spectrum The table shows the settings and limits applied over specified frequency ranges around the TX channel Chan Sel Spectrum Selects the channel model for the Spectrum Flatness measurement Effective The composition of the physical channel and the MIMO encoder Physical Physical channel SCPI command CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum FLATness CSELect on page 144 Import Spectrum See Import on page 65 Export Spectrum See Export on page 65 R amp S Support Spectrum See R amp S Support on page 66 Statistics Opens a submenu to display statistics measurement results Settings General Demod lt Statistics See Settings General Demod on page 61 npe uL E Ax e Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 78 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument
74. signal IEEE 802 11n MIMO Parameters Source ESTimate Signal HTSignal signal field decoding result Example CONF WLAN PAY LEN SRC EST use signal CONFigure WLAN PVERror MRANge Range This remote control command specifies whether the Peak Error Vector results are cal culated over the complete burst or just over the PSDU This command is supported for 802 11b and 802 11g only SSS SSS NN e e Nm NN i LLL Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 152 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n PENE CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters lt Range gt ALL Peak Error Vector results are calculated over the complete burst PSDU Peak Error Vector results are calculated over the PSDU only RST ALL Example CONF WLAN PVER MRANge PSDU Peak Error Vector results are calculated over the PSDU only Mode WLAN CONFigure WLAN RSYNc JOINed lt State gt This command configures how burst synchronization and tracking is performed for mul tiple antennas Parameters lt State gt ON OFF ON RX antennas are synchronized and tracked together OFF RX antennas are synchronized and tracked separately RST OFF Mode WLAN IEEE 802 11n MIMO CONFigure WLAN SMAPping MODE lt Mode gt This remote control command specifies the special mapping mode Parameters lt Mode gt DIRect direct SEXPansion expansion USER user defined Example CONF
75. supported by the IEEE 802 11 standard and must be disabled if the results are to be strictly measured against the standard Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 175 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Eh Example Mode SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n DEMod CEST ON Specifies that the IQ measurement results will use channel esti mation in preamble amp payload WLAN SENSe DEMod FFT OFFSet Mode This command specifies the FFT start offset Parameters Mode Mode AUTO The FFT start offset is automatically chosen to minimize the inter symbol interference GlCenter Guard Interval Center The FFT start offset is placed to the center of the guard interval PEAK The peak of the fine timing metric is used to determine the FFT start offset WLAN SENSe DEMod FILTer CATalog This command reads the names of all available filters Parameters Result Example Usage Mode filter 12 filter 2 filter n The file names are output without the file extension DEM FILT CAT Reads all filler names Query only WLAN SENSe DEMod FILTer EFLength Length This command specifies the equalizer filter length in chips Parameters Length Example Mode Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 numeric value RST 10 DEM FILT EF
76. the Frame Block Configuration button to open the IEEE 802 11n WLAN A Frame Blocks Configuration dialog Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 16 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Basic Measurement Examples A ee 2 400 000 000 fe O l 20 001 3 8 7 am e 20 00 88 gt 7 Info gg Mapping Coordinates Cartesian D B 4 2 400 000 000 00 stz A ALC Auto B ALC Auto IEEE 802 11n WLAN A TX Antenna Setup MIMO Power Reference Antenna 0 00 Tx1 0 0002 0 00 Tx3 0 00 Tx4 802 11n A HES TX Antenna 8 Select Antennas 2 In the IEEE 802 11n WLAN AT dialog press the Frame Block Configuration button to open the IEEE 802 11n WLAN A Frame Blocks Configuration dialog Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 17 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n El Basic Measurement Examples A red 2 400 000 000 00 s E z pep 8 71 dm te 20 00 8 B Freq 2 400 000 000 00 crz z PEP RI dBm Lev 20 00 ge Info A ALC Auto B ALC Auto Append Insert Delete Copy Paste 9 Select Tx Mode HT 40MHz Press the PPDU Config button to open the IEEE 802 11n WLAN A PPDU Con figuration for Frame Block 1 dialog Se Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 18 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Basic Measurement Examples
77. the IEEE 802 11b standard Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in dB EE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 122 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem c MH eee CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example CALC LIM BURS EVM MAX Maximum EVM limit is returned Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM MAXimum RESult This command returns the maximum error vector magnitude limit result for the IEEE 802 11b standard Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Return values lt Results gt Oli 0 PASSED 1 FAILED Example CALC LIM BURS EVM MAX RES Maximum EVM limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM PILot AVERage lt Value gt This command sets the average error vector magnitude limit summary for the pilot car riers Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in dB Example CALC LIM BURS EVM PIL 8 0 Average EVM for pilot carrier limit is set to 8 0 dB Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM PILot AVERage RESult This command returns the average error vector magnitude limit result summary for the pilot carriers Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 123 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote
78. the Status Registers The WiMAX option R amp S FSV K91 uses only status registers provided by the base unit However some registers are used differently as described in the following sections The commands to query the contents of the following status registers are described in chapter 5 15 STATus Subsystem WLAN K91 on page 191 E Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 208 Status Reporting System Option R amp S FSV K91 not used fot used ALT2 LOWer FAIL Screen B ALT2 UPPer FAIL Screen B logical OR of all bits ALT1 LOWer FAIL Screen B D specific to FSV K91 n ALT1 UPPer FAIL Screen B ADJ LOWer FAIL Screen B HCOPy in progress ADJ UPPer FAIL Screen B not used MEASuring Screen B not used LIMit 8 FAIL auto level NoSIGnal LIMit 7 FAIL auto level OVERIoad 3 LIMit 6 FAIL BURSt count too small LIMit 5 FAIL GATE length too small LIMit 4 FAIL no bursts of REQuired type LIMit 3 FAIL not used LIMit 2 FAIL Digital UO BURSt not found LIMit 1 FAIL ACPLimit STATus QUEStionable SYNC LMARgin LIMit STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt CALibration UNCAL FREQuency TEMPerature POWer a E STATus QUEStionable Fig 5 1 Overview of WiMAX specific status registers R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Status Reporting System Option R amp S FSV K91 5 19 1 STATus OPE
79. the first valid bursts is detected and subse type as first quent bursts are analyzed only if they have the same channel band burst width Auto individu All bursts are analyzed regardless of their channel bandwidth ally for each burst Meas only Only bursts with a channel bandwidth of 20MHzare analyzed 20MHz signal Meas only Only bursts with a channel bandwidth of 40MHzare analyzed 40MHz signal Demod allas All bursts are analyzed as 20MHz channel bandwidth bursts 20MHz signal Demodallas All bursts are analyzed as 40MHz channel bandwidth bursts 40MHz signal SCPI command SENSe BANDwidth CHANnel AUTO TYPE on page 174 MCS Index to use Defines the Modulation and Coding Scheme MCS index of the bursts taking part in the analysis SSS Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 100 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 Auto same All bursts using the MCS index identical to the first recognized burst are type as first analyzed burst Auto individ All bursts are analyzed ually for each burst Meas only the Only bursts with the MCS index specified in the MCS index field are specified MCS analyzed Demod all with The MCS index of the MCS index field is applied to all bursts specified MCS SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat MCSIndex MODE on page 183 MCS Index define the Modulation and Coding
80. the number of bursts to be measured if the Burst Count option is activated SCPI command SENSe BURSt COUNt on page 175 SS eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 85 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n General Settings Dialog Box K91 Sweep Count Specifies the number of sweeps to be performed for Spectrum ACP ACPR and Spectrum Mask measurements SCPI command SENSe SWEep COUNt on page 188 Trigger Mode Sets the source of the trigger for the measurement sweep Free Run The measurement sweep starts immediately External The measurement sweep starts if the external trigger signal meets or exceeds the external trigger level a fixed value that cannot be altered at the input connector EXT TRIGGER GATE IN on the rear panel IF Power The measurement sweep starts when the signal power meets or exceeds the specified power trigger level This trigger mode is not available for Spectrum Mask measurements in ETSI standard If it is set and then the Spectrum Mask measurement in ETSI standard is selected it automatically changes to Free Run RF Power The next measurement is triggered by the first intermediate frequency of the RF signal Power Sen The next measurement is triggered by the external power sensor sor requires R amp S FSV K9 option SCPI command TRIGger SEQuence MODE on page 205 Trigger Offset Specifies the time offset b
81. their valuable contribution to embedded computing 2012 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Muehldorfstr 15 81671 Munich Germany Phone 49 89 41 29 0 Fax 49 89 41 29 12 164 E mail info rohde schwarz com Internet http Awww rohde schwarz com Printed in Germany Subject to change Data without tolerance limits is not binding R amp S is a registered trademark of Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Trade names are trademarks of the owners The following abbreviations are used throughout this manual R amp S9FSV is abbreviated as R amp S FSV R amp S FSVR is abbreviated as R amp S FSVR R amp S FSV K91 91n Contents 1 1 1 2 1 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 5 1 5 2 Contents dem cenit 5 Documentation Overview eeeeeeeeeee nennen nennen nnne nnn nnne nennen nnne nnn nnn nennen 5 Conventions Used in the Documentation eeeeeenneeneen 7 How to Use the Help System eeeeeeeeeeeeenee enne nnne nnn nnne nnns 8 rigor Uc io c T Bes le Bre i Bete ere Sees er Sle ee tee Sle DE Beer 10 WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 11 Introduction to WLAN 802 11A B G J amp N TX Tests eeeeeeeneneee 12 Basic Measurement Examples 2 cccccesceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneseeaeeeeeeeseee
82. 00 ms 0 1000 m 1 0000 ms B Capture Memory dBm Rx2 1 58 dBm Att El 11 00 0 00 dB mn mmm 0 0000 ms 0 1000 ms 1 0000 ms C Constellation vs Symbol Stream D Constellation vs Symbol Stream2 Fig 3 16 MIMO data stream results example 3 9 4 Title Bar Information The title bar displays the following information e wireless LAN standard applicable to the current measurement 3 9 5 Status Bar Information e The status bar displays the same information as the base device see the Quick Start Guide Se eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 58 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 4 4 1 4 2 4 2 1 4 2 2 4 2 3 Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measure ments R amp S FSV K91 91n To open the WLAN menu e Ifthe WLAN mode is not the active measurement mode press the MODE key and select the WLAN softkey To exit the WLAN measurement mode select another option Menu and softkey description e chapter 4 1 Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 60 e chapter 4 4 Softkeys of the Sweep Menu SWEEP key R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 104 e chapter 4 6 Softkeys of the Marker Menu MKR key R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 105 e chapter 4 7 Softkeys of the Marker To Menu MKR gt key R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 106 e chapter 4 8 Softkeys of the Lines Menu LINES key R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 107 e chapt
83. 02 11b g Shows the rise time of the pulsed signal in us This is the time period the signal needs to increase its power level from 1096 to 9096 of the maximum resp the average power depending on the reference power setting For better orientation the table also shows the corresponding limits specified in the standard All parameters and their calculations are described in detail in chapter 1 of this manual Advanced Measurement Examples Result Display for MIMO Measurements For MIMO measurements IEEE 802 11n MIMO only the results are provided as an overview of all data streams in the Global Result Summary List 1 and for the individual streams in separate result summaries List 2 To switch between the two views use the Display Graph List1 List2 softkey To view more details for the individual summaries select the table and then press the Split Screen Maximize Screen key Emi eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 55 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n ettings and Result Displays Spectrum WLAN V Sig Lvl Set 11 6 dBm Time ims Standard IEEE 802 11n MIMO Frequency 2 4 GHz Data Symbols 1 1366 PPDU MCS Index GI 80 MHz Samples 80001 Burst 5 5 TRG EXT Tan mean timit Max Lit ul 0 40 7 94 7 94 48 00 VM Data Carriers 0 40 47 98 EVM Pilot Carriers 0 38 48 41 2 27 1 11 Fig 3 13 MIMO Global result summary Spectrum WLAN Sig Lvl Set 11 6 dBm Ti
84. 1 0000 Modulation Signal Service PSDU Length CRC 01101110 00100000 0000001011101001 1011010110001010 11 Mbit s Lock CCK 745 us OK 01101110 D 1011010110001010 11 Mbit s Lo 745 us 94 01101110 00100000 0000001011101001 1011010110001010 11 Mbit s Lock CCK 745 us OK 01101110 0 0000001011101001 1011010110001010 11 Mbit s 745 us 94 01101110 00100000 0000001011101001 1011010110001010 11 Mbit s Lock CCK 745 us OK Measurement Complete L n SCPI command on page 145 4 2 General Settings Dialog Box K91 In the General Settings dialog box all settings related to the overall measurement can be modified The STC MIMO settings are only available if the IEEE 802 11n MIMO standard is selected e General Senos TEE 84 pM 87 iaaa 89 Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 83 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n General Settings Dialog Box K91 4 2 1 General Settings cuc 84 FOOU ECL 84 Channie INO ET 84 Signal Level Reference Level 21 2 Iter e eati ec aden eae 84 ORDER noe cuneus ME uM SU uU UD M 85 v I r r T 85 echec 85 B rst COUM RET 85 Analyze EE 85 ee I ET 86 Tg Ger Mode terere ete e a eire ea P RR REL e c 86 gira I 86 IMG GSE TAGGIN MP eee 86 Tagger e KE 86 Bec al E
85. 1 91n Signal Field Measurement IEEE 802 n SISO MIMO In contrast the UO Offset Gain Imbalance and Quadrature Offset results are calculated for the transmit antenna signals le they are corresponding to the physical channel Hpny HQ le in order to determine the physical channel from the effective channel the precoding matrix Q spatial mapping must be invertible Note that transmit antenna signals means the ideal transmit signal so that the estimated channel transfer functions include cross talk between the antennas introduced by the DUT the connection between DUT and Analyzer and the Analyzer itself whereas we regard the cross terms contributed by the cable connection and the Analyzer hardware as to be negligible Furthermore the spectral results channel flatness and group delay are available for the effective and the physical channel i e based on streams or Tx antennas Note that the physical channel is not in any case derivable from the initially estimated effective channel but only if the precoding matrix is invertible and thus the physical channel results are only available under specific conditions In contrast the effective channel results are always available This can be explained by the fact that the channel estimation is done on the HT LTF fields of the preamble see figure below which are transmitted by one individual known preamble symbol per each space time stream and therefore allowing to estimate the channe
86. 13b 3 5 Finally the trial parameters leading to the minimum of the log likelihood function are used as estimates and 4 This robust algorithm works well even at low signal to noise ratios with the Cramer Rao Bound being reached After estimation of the parameters the sequence rx is compensated in the compensation blocks In the upper analyzing branch the compensation is user defined i e the user determines which of the parameters are compensated This is useful in order to extract the influence of these parameters The resulting output sequence is described by y In the lower compensation branch the full compensation is always performed This sep arate compensation is necessary in order to avoid symbol errors After the full compen sation the secure estimation of the data symbols u is performed From Equation 10 it SS 98 Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 27 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Ech Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application is clear that first the channel transfer function H must be removed This is achieved by dividing the known coarse channel estimate HS calculated from the LS Usually an error free estimation of the data symbols can be assumed In the next block a better channel estimate HO of the data and pilot sub carriers is calculated by using all nof symbols symbols of the payload PL This can be accom plished at this point because the pha
87. 1n SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n SENSe POWer ACHannel MODE lt Mode gt This command sets the ACP measurement mode for the IEEE 802 11j standard to either absolute or relative Parameters lt Mode gt ABS REL ABS Absolute measurement REL Relative measurement RST REL Example POW ACH MODE ABS Sets the ACP measurement to absolute mode Mode WLAN SENSe POWer SEM CLASs This command sets the Spectrum Emission Mask SEM power class index The index represents the power classes to be applied The index is directly related to the entries displayed in the power class drop down combo box within the SEM settings configuration page Parameters RST 0 Example POW ACH SEM CLAS 0 Sets the SEM power class to automatic Mode WLAN SENSe POWer SEM lt Type gt This command sets the Spectrum Emission Mask SEM measurement type This is either IEEE ETSI Spectrum mask or a user defined file ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 185 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters lt Type gt IEEE ETSI User User Settings and limits are configured via a user defined XML file Load the file using MMEMory LOAD SEM STATe 1 on page 171 IEEE Settings and limits are as specified in the IEEE Std 802 11n 2009 Figure 20 17 Transmit spectral mask for 20 MHz
88. 1n pec e M MM M M eee SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters Analysis FBURSt The first burst is detected and subsequent bursts are analyzed only if they match the first burst ALL All valid bursts are analyzed MMIX Only mixed mode bursts are analyzed MGRF Only Greenfield bursts are analyzed DMIX All bursts are analyzed as mixed mode regardless of whether they are mixed mode or greenfiled DGRF All bursts are analyzed as Greenfield regardless of whether they are mixed mode or greenfiled RST FBURSt Example SENS DEM FOR BAN BTYP AUTO TYPE FBUR Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes EQUal State When this command is set to ON then only bursts of equal length will take part in the measurement analysis The number of data bytes that a burst must have in order to take part in measurement analysis is specified by the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes MIN on page 180 command Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example DEM FORM BAN DBYTes EQU ON Only bursts of equal length will take part in the measurement analysis Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes MAX lt NumberDataBytes gt This command specifies the maximum number of data bytes required for bursts to qualify for measurement analysis Only bursts with the specified number of data bytes will be used in the measurement analysis This value will
89. 1n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Deeg Measurement Settings and Result Displays Setting Description Restrictions Standard Selected measurement standard PPDU MCS Index The PPDU Type MCS Index and Guard Interval used Gl for the analysis of the signal is displayed Depending on the Demod Settings these values are either auto matically detected from the signal or the user settings are applied Burst x of y z In case statistic over bursts is switched on Overall Burst Count x bursts of totally required y No of Bursts to Analyze bursts have been analyzed so far The value z gives the number of analyzed bursts by the last update of the statistic 3 9 2 Result Summary List The result summary list shows the overall measurement results and provides limit check ing for result values in accordance with the selected standard Result values which are within the limit as specified by the standard are displayed in green Result values which are outside of the limits specified by the standard are displayed in red with a to the left Results which have no limits specified by the standard are displayed in white Limit values are displayed in white not bold and can be modified if focused via the keypad To reset the limit values to the values specified in the standard use the Lines menu chapter 4 8 Softkeys of the Lines Menu LINES key R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 107 The results displ
90. 2 FUNCtion POWer RESult MAXHold essen ene 138 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult CURRent eene 138 CAlCulate cnzMAbker 2zEUNGC on ZOOM nennen nee neren neret nns ee nre tenentes 139 CAlCulate cnzMAbRker 21z MANimum nnne rennen en rrsrt ers ehnneet ren nnr serre t ens nnneis 135 CALOCulate n MARKer 12 MINimum eese nnne nerennneeeneren rerit nes eerer et res stri etes etnies 135 CALCulate n MARKer 12 SYMBJI esses adaini ndinane diidini niidina andina 135 CAL Culatesn gt MARKer lt 1 gt RAC rst E Ug e Dv e peg ag es etaeta daa 136 CALOCulate n MARKer 12 X 136 CALCulate lt n MARKGrs S EE 137 CALCulate n MARKer m AOFF esee eterne nneen nne ennreeneren tenet ens ee tns et SVa aN ia 133 CALOCulate n MARKer m STATe eese eene nennen nnne nnne trenes theres nnne nennen enne 133 CONFigure BURSt CONStellation CARRier SELect eese eene nre neret 140 CONFigure BURSEt CONStellation CCARrier IMMediate sss 141 CONFigure BURSt CONStellation CSYMbol IMMediate 141 CONFioure BURGCEVM ECAbRrert MMedhatel 141 CONFioure BURGCEVMEGvMboll IMMediatel esee 141 CONFigure BURStPREamble SELGCt ot er tases ird epe epe eh cea re ERE dessin ERA ELE scien ge 142 CONFigure BURSt PREamble IMMediate eene emere renes 141 CONFigure BURSEPVT
91. 204 TRIGgeren2 SEQuence IFPoweriHOLDoff 1 Leld rete aane bee 2 LAT EENEG 204 TRIGger n SEQuence IFPower HYSTeresis sss ennt 204 TRIGgerens SEQuence LEVel EX E UE 205 TRIGGer SEQuence MODE EE 205 TRIGSser GSEQuence E EE 206 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel POWer AUTO cccccececeece cece cence eae ae ae tirer nnns 206 TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff lt Delay gt This command defines the length of the trigger delay A negative delay time pretrigger can be set in zero span only Parameters lt Delay gt Range 3 25 to 837 33 RST Os Default unit ms Example TRIG HOLD 500us A holdoff period of 500 us is used after the trigger condition has been met Usage SCPI confirmed Mode WLAN TRIGger n SEQuence IFPower HOLDoff Value This command sets the holding time before the next IF power trigger event Suffix n irrelevant Parameters Value RST 150 ns Example TRIG SOUR IFP Sets the IF power trigger source TRIG IFP HOLD 200 ns Sets the holding time to 200 ns TRIGger n SEQuence IFPower HYSTeresis Value This command sets the limit that the hysteresis value for the IF power trigger has to fall below in order to trigger the next measurement Suffix n irrelevant SSS REESE E e e I e EN eel Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 204 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters lt Value gt Exam
92. 7 4 EE 77 L Trace POOMNUDEL ita ee acaba ege 78 uin EE 78 L SEM ConfipiWalioli E 78 Ec o T 78 LIMPO NUR 78 dcos MNT 78 CR amp S Suppo EE 78 ri LETT 78 L Settings General Demod essent tnter nine nnne tenen 78 L pieplay Lis GEaphi suse e een eh coc c venari pcm 79 oo ep P o 79 Eeer 79 L Signal Field IEEE 802 11a g j amp n OFDM 81 L PLCP Header IEEE 802 11b g Single Carter 82 Settings General Demod Opens the General Settings or the Demod Settings dialog box For details see chap ter 4 2 General Settings Dialog Box K91 on page 83 or chapter 4 3 Demod Set tings Dialog Box K91 on page 92 Alternatively the General Settings dialog box is opened as follows e FREQ key with focus on the Frequency field e AMPT key with focus on the Signal Level RF field e TRIG key with focus on the Trigger Mode field Display List Graph Configures the result display The measurement results are displayed either in form of a list of measurement points or as a graphical trace For MIMO measurements IEEE 802 11n MIMO only the results are provided as an overview of all data streams in the Global Result Summary List 1 and for the individual streams in separate result summaries List 2 SCPI command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TABLe on page 156 For result queries see chapter 5 8 FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n on pag
93. 72 3GPP UE measure ments option R amp S FSV K73 WLAN WLAN TX measurements option R amp S FSV K91 The spectrum analysis mode is implemented in the basic unit For the other modes the corresponding options are required Upper Lower Case Notation Upper lower case letters are used to mark the long or short form of the key words of a command in the description The instrument itself does not distinguish between upper and lower case letters Special Characters A selection of key words with an identical effect exists for several commands These keywords are indicated in the same line they are separated by a vertical stroke Only one of these keywords needs to be included in the header of the command The effect of the command is independent of which of the keywords is used El Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 112 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n BREET Notation Example SENSe FREQuency CW FIXed The two following commands with identical meaning can be created They set the fre quency of the fixed frequency signal to 1 kHz SENSe FREQuency CW 1E3 SENSe FREQuency FIXed 1E3 A vertical stroke in parameter indications marks alternative possibilities in the sense of or The effect of the command differs depending on which parameter is used Example Selection of the parameters for the command SENSe lt
94. 72 02 06 1 215 R amp S FSV K91 91n List of Commands CONFigure WLAN EXTension AUTO TYPE csscsscccsescensstesesssnsneeeeseeansaceasnenssecceacensaneensenseneneeneenennenseeaae 149 CONFigure WLEAN GTIMe AUTO iti reti ee E PI HERE CEP EXEC es c dete eens 149 CONFigure WLAN GTIMe AUTO TYPE eene eren rne nta ent theta tata ha dana tke eb aa Ease Re Edna aad 149 CONFigure WEAN GT IMe SEBLeGt tp edd ig bl De da a e idee doped 150 CONFioure WAN MiMo CAbTure sss nennen nente trtnr inniti treten trennen eterni 151 CONFigure WLAN MIMo CAPTure Type 151 CONFigure WLAN OSP ADDRNSss irent tette nnno npn Feo Rep ann Vna oa Fh dE de raaa pana bn tadaa Ro EN Ea Rao 152 CONFigure WLAN OSP MODUIO6 2 2 iicet ptit spatter ette s Diptera desea oe iae aped Deep ete a a pd 152 CONFigure WLAN PAYIoad LENgth SRC sss ener nneen rennen rsen innen nnns 152 CONFigure WLAN PVERror MRAN ge e erret tnnt rnnt orina beata a ER aa ineat a E dada ane atas ta ea sna naa 152 CONFigure WEAN RSYNG JOIN6d trn rr ee dee c MEL d a de ae eb te EY NE o a Co ERR FE 153 CONFioure WAN SMAboing MODE essent nnree reset nretrns eter et rsen ense trennen 153 CONFigure WLAN SMAPping NORWMalise essent enne 153 CONFigure WLAN SMAPping TX lt 1 4 gt CONFioure WAN SMAboingo Tt AsGTbReamct As 154 CONFigure WLAN SMAPping TX lt 1 4 gt TIMeShift 0 occ cece e cee
95. 802 112 j n OFDM IEEE 802 119 Long DSSS OFDM IEEE 802 11g Short DSSS OFDM IEEE 802 11g Long PLCP IEEE 802 11g Short PLCP IEEE 802 119 SCPI command ENSe DI S EMod FORMat BANalyze BTYPe on page 177 Preamble Type IEEE 802 11b Specifies the type of burst which should be included in measurement analysis The fol lowing burst types are supported Short PLCP Long PLCP SCPI command ENSe DI S EMod FORMat BANalyze BTYPe on page 177 ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 94 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n DEET Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 PPDU Frame Format IEEE 802 11n SISO Specifies the type of PHY Protocol Data Unit PPDU which should be included in mea surement analysis The following PPDU formats are supported e Mixed 20MHz e Green Field 20MHz e Mixed 40MHz e Green Field 40MHz SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BTYPe on page 177 Auto Demodulation IEEE 802 11n SISO Activates or deactivates the automatic detection of the modulation If activated the mod ulation applied to the input data is determined from the modulation type of the first com plete burst within the captured data This option automatically activates the Signal Field Content option SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BCONtent AUTO on page 182 Analyze PSDU Mod IEEE 802 11n SISO Spec
96. 91 91n sees 81 82 Single Meas remote control ssssss 168 Single Sweep remote control Ze 168 Spectrum K91 91n ssssseeeeess Spectrum ACPR K91 91n cee Spectrum ACPR remote control K91 91n e Spectrum ETSI IEEE K91 91n Spectrum FFT b im Spectrum Flatness K91 91n i Spectrum Mask K91 91n0 osesssesseeerreesrrnerrrnesn Statistics K91 91n ssssee Trg Gate Source remote control Ge Unzoom K91 91n sse Unzoom remote control K91 91n Y Axis Div K91 91n eese Softkey ACP Rel Abs remote control K91 91n 143 Annotation On Off remote control Auto Lvl remote control K91 91n Average Length remote control K91 91n 142 Bitstream remote control K91 91n Ge Carrier Selection remote control K91 91n 140 CCDF remote control K91 91n 145 Center remote control sess 184 Constell vs Symbol Carrier remote control K91 91n H M S 141 Continuous Sweep remote control 167 Cont Meas remote Control 167 DIJICONT re 109 Display List Graph remote control K91 91n 156 Error Frequency Phase remote control K91 91n 141 142 EVM vs Sy
97. ACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n eene nennen 195 TRIGger Subsystem WLAN K91 941N eene nnnm 204 UNIT Subsystem K94 erret erret per nare EES 206 Status Reporting System Option R amp S FSV K91 eese 207 List OF COMMING fe Em 214 TL se en 220 ES Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 4 R amp S FSV K91 91n Preface 1 1 Documentation Overview Preface Documentation Overview The user documentation for the analyzer is divided as follows e Quick Start Guide e Operating Manuals for base unit and options e Service Manual e Online Help e Release Notes Quick Start Guide This manual is delivered with the instrument in printed form and in PDF format on the CD It provides the information needed to set up and start working with the instrument Basic operations and basic measurements are described Also a brief introduction to remote control is given The manual includes general information e g Safety Instruc tions and the following chapters Chapter 1 Introduction General information Chapter 2 Front and Rear Panel Chapter 3 Preparing for Use Chapter 4 Firmware Update and Installation of Firmware Options Chapter 5 Basic Operations Chapter 6 Basic Measurement Examples Chapter 7 Brief Introduction to Remote Control Appendix 1 Printer Interface App
98. AD SEM STATe 1 lt FileName gt This command loads a spectrum emission mask setup from an xml file Parameters lt FileName gt 1 lt file_name gt Example MMEM LOAD SEM STAT 1 D NUSERNETSI SEM xml Loads a spectrum emission mask setup from the specified file Mode WLAN MMEMory STORe IQ STATe 1 lt FileName gt This command stores the UO data to the specified iqw file Parameters lt FileName gt 1 lt file_name gt Example MMEM STOR IQ STAT 1 C R_S Instr user data iqw Stores UO data to the specified file Mode WLAN SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n The SENSe command is used to set and get the values of parameters in the remote instrument The get variant of the SENSe command differs from set in that it takes no parameter values unless otherwise stated but is followed by the character and will return the parameter s value in the same format as it is set Analysis modulation Tomat 171 Commands of the SENSe Gubsvetem eene mee 173 Analysis modulation format The following modulation formats are available for analysis using R amp S FSV K91 see also SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze on page 177 Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 171 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n SENSe Sub
99. AN DUTC TX1 CONFigure WLAN EXTension AUTO TYPE lt BurstType gt This remote control command specifies which bursts are analyzed according to extension spatial streams Parameters lt BurstType gt The first burst is analyzed and subsequent bursts are analyzed only if they match FBURst The first burst is analyzed and subsequent bursts are analyzed only if they match ALL All bursts are analyzed MO M1 M2 M3 Measure only if Ness 0 1 2 3 DO D1 D2 D3 Demod all as Ness0 1 2 3 Example CONF WLAN EXT AUTO TYPE CONFigure WLAN GTIMe AUTO State This remote control command specifies wether the guard time of the IEEE 802 11n SISO input signal is automatically detected or specified manually Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example CCONF WLAN GTIM AUTO ON Sets automatic detection of the guard time of the input signal Mode WLAN CONFigure WLAN GTIMe AUTO TYPE TYPE This remote control command specifies how bursts are analyzed according to guard length Note In previous R amp S FSV K91 versions this command configured both the guard interval type and the channel bandwidth Now this command only configures the guard type The channel bandwidth of the PPDU to be measured must be configured separately using the SENSe BANDwidth CHANnel AUTO TYPE command LSS SSS e e YN UN p e LLLI Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 149 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R
100. ATus QUEStionable ACPLimit CONDition STATus QUEStionable ACPLimitENABIe roii eret hr rye era erret EFE E P FRED Eee aeos STATusOUEGtonable AC mn N Tanson 194 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit P TRansition esses enne eene nnne nennen enn 195 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit EVENI sese nnns r enn renn nen n ren n sena 193 E Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 217 R amp S FSV K91 91n List of Commands STATusOUlEG onable CONTugon nennen nnn nnnnr nnn thts nnt thnt nts tnt nsn tine sinn nnns nnn 192 STATus QUEStionable LIMit Screen CONDiition seesssessssssssesesese eene nennen entren 193 STATusOUEGtonablellMit Zcreenz ENAPBle eene eene ener etre ntn eren nena 194 SGTATusOUEGtonablellMit ZcreenzNTbRansition eene nennen nnne nnne nnn 194 STATusOUEGtonablellMit Zcreenz P Ransitton ener nnne 195 STATus QUEStionable LIMit Screen EVEN 193 STATusOUEG onable GvNC CGONDiton eterne nennen ennt n teen nnns nnns 193 STAT s QUEStionable S YNG ENABIG cecidere onera i ee eere eee e Erde gegen aat 194 STATusOUEGtonable GvNCNThRanstton eene nennen nennen nn nnnnn inneren 194 STATus QUEStionable SYNC PTRansition sess enne eene nennen nennen nnne nnn 195 STATus QUEStionable SYNGEEVENI 2 eei reet ertt rt rH ter
101. ATus QUEStionable SYNC NTRansition lt Filter gt This bit acts as a transition filter When a bit of the CONDition part of the associated status register for the result type is changed from 1 to 0 the NTR bit decides whether the EVENt bit is set to 1 Suffix Screen 112 1 Screen A 2 Screen B Note that limit lines are not displayed in screen A thus STAT QUES LIMI NTR is irrelevant Parameters Filter The sum of the decimal values of the event bits that are to be enabled Range 0 to 65535 Example STAT QUES LIM NTR 65535 All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a negative transition occurs Usage Query only SCPI confirmed Mode WLAN See Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 194 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 16 5 16 1 5 16 2 5 16 2 1 5 16 2 2 5 16 3 5 16 4 5 16 5 5 16 6 5 16 7 5 16 8 5 16 9 5 16 10 5 16 11 TRACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit PTRansition STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt Screen gt PTRansition STATus QUEStionable SYNC PTRansition lt Filter gt This bit acts as a transition filter When a bit of the CONDition part of the associated status register for the result type is changed from 0 to 1 the PTR bit decides whether the EVENt bit is set to 1 Suffix lt Screen gt 112 1 Screen A 2 Screen B Note that limit lines are not displayed
102. AVERGAQe oi onere oth rne rne bey ra et enne a rhe d ERR Hox aea LR Ra tees CONFigure BURSt PVT RPOWer CONFioure BURGCPDVT SEL ect CONFigure B RSEPVT IMMediate 5 1 ftrt tt Ret tried pese ida ee erae punire testes 142 CONFioure BURG GbtCirum ACHT MMediatel ene emen nennen 143 CONFioure BURG Gbt Cum FETTlMMedtatel 143 CONFioure BURG GbECimum FL ATnessCGEl ect 144 CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum FLATness SELect CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum FLATness IMMediate esses 144 CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum MASK SELect esee eene nennen nnne nnne nnne 145 CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum MASK IMMediate sese eee 144 CONFioure BUIRGCGTATlsttceBGTReamf MMedatel nnne 145 CONFioure BURGCSTATlsttce CGCDElIMMediatel 145 CONFigure BURSt STATistics SFleld IMMediate 145 Ee Uer E 145 CONFioure POWer AUTO 146 CONFioure POWer AUTO SGwEep TIME 146 CONFigure POWerEXPectedilO is inrita eterne tne rennen pena sene ben ke kn rendue de Eug 147 CONFigure POWer EXPected RE 2d de igi paese eeh cae per cae pede e 146 CONFigure STANdard CONFioure WAN ANT Matrix ADDbess Hechathz ener enne inneren nnne nne 148 CONFigure WLAN ANT Matt ANTenna Hechathz nene nerennnreenren tenentis 148 CONFioure WAN ANTMatris GTATe HRechatb z nennen nnnm nnnnns 148 CONFigure WLAN DUT Config essen eene rennen trennen etre nnne nennen nns 148 SSS SSS e e IN Nr i LLL Operating Manual 1173 07
103. Antennas as defined in DUT MIMO configuration Note For sequential MIMO measurements the DUT has to transmit identical bursts over time The signal field for example has to be identical for all bursts This setup requires the analyzer and the OSP switch platform to be connected via LAN A connection diagram is shown to assist you in connecting the specified number of DUT Tx antennas with the analyzer via the Rohde amp Schwarz OSP switch platform E Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 90 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n General Settings Dialog Box K91 _ General Settings General Settings STC MIMO Advanced Settings STC MIMO Configuration DUT MIMO Config 3 Tx Antennas Signal Capture Simultaneous Sequential using OSP sw Sequential Manual 10 114 10 85 sl OSP Switch Module A11 3 Tx Antenna DUT Connections for 3 RF Fig 4 2 Connection instructions for sequential MIMO using an OSP switch The diagram shows an R amp SGOSP B101 option fitted in one of the three module slots at the rear of the OSP switch platform The DUT Tx antennas the OSP switching box and the analyzer have to be connected as indicated in the diagram e Bluecolored arrows represent the connections between the Tx antennas of the DUT and the corresponding SMA plugs of the R amp S OSP B101 option e Green colored arrows represent auxiliary connections of SMA plugs of the R amp S O
104. Bm i 5ms DU E SGL Gate Off manc Screen A Capture Buffer Full Burst Rising amp Falling Gating L Settings Mi i LENT IESSE a PRI 14 41 14 For further details refer to the PVT on page 62 softkey SCPI command E s ct on page 143 Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 62 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n Rising amp Falling IEEE 802 11a g j n OFDM PVT Displays the PVT results in two separate graphs the left hand side showing the rising edge and the right hand side showing the falling edge IEEE 802 11a Displa Burst 17 17 ER m aranh SGL Gate Off List Screen A Capture Buffer SCPI command ee on page 143 Ramp Up Down Up amp Down IEEE 802 11b g Single Carrier PVT Sets the display of the rising falling edge graph Up Displays the rising edge graph Down Displays the falling edge graph Up amp Down Displays the rising and falling edge graph Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 63 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n L Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n IEEE 802 11b e g Modulation 11 Mbps CCH Att 0 dB Ref Level 17 2 dBm S No Samples 220000 Burst 4 4 SGL Gate O Screen A Capture Buffer SS b ars mark ana ly zed burst s Es
105. CE4 falling edge minimum burst data values TRACES falling edge mean burst data values TRACE6 falling edge maximum burst data values Supported data formats see FORMat DATA on page 167 ASCii REAL For IEEE 802 11b If the graphic type selected is RlSing or FALLing only 3 traces are available 1 to 3 and represent the minimum mean and maximum bursts data for the respective graph selection The number of samples returned during full burst analysis depends on the modulation type and is typically 5000 The number of samples returned when the Rising and falling graphic type is selected is less than what is returned for full burst and is approximately 400 samples The samples are returned in floating point format as a single sequence of comma delimited values Spectrum Flatness Four separate traces are available for these measurements Trace data for a particular trace is only obtainable by querying the appropriate trace Spectrum flatness provides two basic graph types an absolute power value graph ABS and a relative group delay graph Both are plotted on a per carrier basis All 52 carriers are drawn in addition to the unused 0 carrier Both the absolute power and group delay graph groups allow all the data points to be returned as one trace and an average of all the channels as the other trace For example the return data is either one single group of 53 carriers or 57 within the n standard if the average trace i
106. CH 162 FETCH BURSEBERPIOEDATAIMIN IMUM oi cote 2 ient aA ete nete eene erattu eter nena 162 FETGIEBURSECOURNI ADI EE 162 FETCRB RSEGRESIDAVEBaBg eiecit rente cr tna cn rnnt lives heuer iind aenea 162 FETCHHB RSECRESUMPIDIUIT i irte abad eat e SEENEN 162 FETChIBURSEOBRESUMINIITIITIO 2 aerei See SEENEN che eee EE eee ERR 162 FETCHBURSEEVVEIIEEEAV ERAGE EE 162 FETCH IBURSEEVNEDIEE EREM 162 FETOh BURSEEVNEHIEEEPEMINIDDUTI 2 ieu traten euet e et eee e eee aeree otn acte men 162 PECH Eege SEENEN EEN 163 FETCIEBURSEEVNEALLEMPAXIUYE uere rr etur mnt outre nahmen math nennt kenne enar 163 FETIGHBURSEEVNEABDENMIBIRIIBEER aoia aaa et cea etna de dn sb denies tate ennt 163 FETChIBURSEEVNEDAEACAVERGBEBI rt nat gedet de dn 163 SS Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 160 FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n FETOCHRBURGSCEVM DATA MAXimum deuari vudienudiaa 163 FEVChHBURSUEEVNEDA TAMING eg 163 FETCh BURSEEVMIDIRectAVERage icm odo ente ee tale eR ERR EL ERAN EE 163 FETCH BURSEEVM DIRecEMAXImUutm 2 inia cette ENEE om aaa Na YR RR eg a Ka 163 FETCH BURSEEVIVEDIRG GE MINIMUM 2 nop lege 163 FETCh BURSEEVMEIPIESEAVERage edet EE 163 FETCHh BURSEEVM PIEOUM AXIIEYI 2 2223 BENENNEN aid ce Qe se eo AEN AAR 163 FETCH BURSEEVMPPIEGEMINIERUITI rere ccena aaa SEENEN SEENEN 163 al Her ug E eas artis perezed rasant adiutor tuse se ese nece da
107. CP IEEE 802 11b ACP Rel Abs IEEE 802 11j Spectrum Sets the ACP Adjacent Channel Power result display This result display is similar to the Spectrum Mask measurement and provides informa tion about leakage into adjacent channels The results show the absolute or relative power measured in the three nearest channels either side of the measured channel This measurement is the same as the adjacent channel power measurement provided by the signal analyzer The number of sweeps is set in the General Settings dialog box Sweep Count field If the measurement is performed over multiple sweeps both a max hold trace and an aver age trace are displayed SSS SSS SSS e e e EN NN E LLLA s Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 76 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n l a aes Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n 100 kHz Sweep 10f1 Screen A Spectrum ACPR SCPI command CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum ACPR IMMediate on page 143 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult CURRent on page 138 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult MAXHold on page 138 Gating Settings On Off Spectrum See Gating Settings On Off on page 64 SEM Settings Spectrum Displays the SEM Settings dialog box that contains the following editable settings SEM according to SEM Settings Spectrum Specifies how the Spectrum Emission
108. EE 802 11n MIMO SENSe TRACking TIME State This command defines whether or not the measurement results should be compensated for time Parameters State ON OFF Mode WLAN STATus Subsystem WLAN K91 The following commands can be used to query the contents of the status registers specific to the R amp S FSV K91 option For details see chapter 5 19 Status Reporting System Option R amp S FSV K91 on page 207 For details on general status register commands see the base unit description SIATUS SOPERAGOn ee EI DEET 192 STATus OPERation EVENI EE 192 STATus QUEStionable CONDIUOD eege ENEE eu oo eaa aeu crar aurea eeepc n aa ia 192 H Re Le Ee RE LEE 192 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit E VENI 2 petra etere tren enar eisai 193 STATus QUEStionable LIMit Screen EVENI eese eene 193 STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt AAA 193 STATus QUEStUonabls ACPLEImiIbCONDIIOG uua att oua ctl nuo nn ente eus nena tdeo 193 Pe Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 191 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n STATus Subsystem WLAN K91 STATusOUEGuonable LUlMit Gcreenz CONDiton esee 193 STAT S QUEStionable SYNC CONDIHON KE 193 STAT S QUEStionable le TE EE 194 STATus QUEStionable LlMit lt Screen gt EN ABle riiseiiinnnnsaaniiinnnniuinaidinnaaninniiannaia innia 194 HERR e et de en 194 STATus QUESHonable ACPLINIENTER2 nsIEOn
109. EEE ENEE ERUN EEEAENEE ENEE 135 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt MINIMUM 0ccccescccceesceeceeseceesececeaecessueceaescecegeeeseeeeseenees 135 CAL Culate lt hi gt MARKene1 57S d TEE 135 CAL Cilate lt n MARKERS ENEE 136 GALGulate n MARKETS T gt X EE 136 CAL Culate nz MAbkerclzsch 137 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt STATe State This command turns markers on and off If the corresponding marker number is currently active as a deltamarker it is turned into a normal marker Suffix n Selects the measurement window m depends on mode Selects the marker Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC MARK3 ON Switches on marker 3 or switches to marker mode CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt AOFF This command all markers off including delta markers and marker measurement func tions SS Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 133 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n a ee NN CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt m gt depends on mode irrelevant Example CALC MARK AOFF Switches off all markers Usage Event CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt BSYMbol lt BurstNumber gt lt SymbolNumber gt This command positions the selected marker to the indicated symbol in the indicated burst This command only applies to 802 11b standard for the following result displays
110. Engineers Part 11 Wireless LAN Medium Access Control MAC and Physical Layer PHY specifications IEEE Std 802 11 1999 Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Inc 1999 2 Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Part 11 Wireless LAN Medium Access Control MAC and Physical Layer PHY specifications Higher Speed Physical Layer Extensions in the 2 4 GHz Band IEEE Std 802 11b 1999 Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Inc 1999 802 11b RF Carrier Suppression Definition The RF carrier suppression measured at the channel center frequency shall be at least 15 dB below the peak SIN x x power spectrum The RF carrier suppression shall be measured while transmitting a repetitive 01 data sequence with the scrambler disabled using DQPSK modulation A 100 kHz resolution bandwidth shall be used to perform this measurement Comparison to IQ offset measurement in R amp S FSV K91 91n list mode The IQ offset measurement in R amp S FSV K91 91n returns the actual carrier feed through normalized to the mean power at the symbol timings This measurement doesn t need a special test signal and is independent of the transmit filter shape The RF carrier suppression measured according to the standard is inversely proportional to the IQ offset measured in R amp S FSV K91 91n list mode The difference in dB between the two values depends on the transmit filter shape and should be determined with one refere
111. Equation 11 e nj the independent Gaussian distributed noise samples The common phase drift in Equation 10 is given by phase 27x NI Nx Af Zei i xitdy Equation 11 3 2 with e N 80 the number of Nyquist samples of the symbol period e N 64 the number of Nyquist samples of the useful part of the symbol e A fest the not yet compensated frequency deviation e dY the phase jitter at the symbol In general the coarse frequency estimate A F goarse see Signal processing of the IEEE 802 11a application is not error free Therefore the remaining frequency error Af est rep resents the frequency deviation in r not yet compensated Consequently the overall frequency deviation of the device under test DUT is calculated by Af A coarse Afrest The only motivation for dividing the common phase drift in Equation 11 into two parts is to be able to calculate the overall frequency deviation of the DUT I Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 25 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application The reason for the phase jitter dy in Equation 11 may be different The nonlinear part of the phase jitter may be caused by the phase noise of the DUT oscillator Another reason for nonlinear phase jitter may be the increase of the DUT amplifier temperature at the beginning of the burst Note that besides the nonlinear part the phase jitter
112. F Example SWE EGAT ON Switches on the external gate mode SWE EGAT TYPE EDGE Switches on the edge triggered mode SWE EGAT HOLD 100US Sets the gate delay to 100 us SWE EGAT LEN 500US Sets the gate opening time to 500 us INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end SENSe SWEep EGATe HOLDoff TIME Time This command defines the gate delay in the capture buffer in time units The range of this value is dependent on the last run measurement Parameters Time RST 100ys Example SWE EGAT HOLD 125us Sets a delay of 125ys in the capture buffer nae pu uL c E J C C et Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 188 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem c M MM M Se ae eee SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Mode WLAN SENSe SWEep EGATe HOLDoff SAMPle lt NumberSamples gt This command defines the gate delay in the capture buffer as a number of samples The range of this value is dependent on the last run measurement Parameters NumberSamples RST 2000 Example SWE EGAT HOLD SAMP 2500 Sets a delay of 2500 samples in the capture buffer Mode WLAN SENSe SWEep EGATe LENGth TIME lt Time gt This command defines the gate time in the capture buffer in time units The range of thi
113. FBURst Example SENS BAND CHAN AUTO TYPE ALL Mode WLAN EE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 174 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Eh SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n SENSe BANDwidth RESolution FILTer State This remote control command enables or disables use of the RBW filter Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example SENS BAND RES FILT ON Mode WLAN SENSe BURSt COUNt lt NoOfBursts gt This command defines the number of bursts that will be analyzed by the measurement This parameter is ignored if the setting for the SENSe BURSC COUNt STATe on page 175 parameter is off Parameters lt NoOfBursts gt RST 1 Example BURS COUN 16 Sets the number of bursts to 16 Mode WLAN SENSe BURSt COUNt STATe State When this command is set to on the burst count parameter will be used by the mea surement otherwise the burst count parameter will be ignored Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example BURS COUN STAT ON Sets the burst count state to ON Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod CESTimation lt State gt This command defines whether channel estimation will be done in preamble and payload if set to 1 or only in preamble if set to 0 The effect of this is most noticeable for the EVM measurement results where the results will be improved when this feature is enabled However this functionality is not
114. FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 5 1 5 5 2 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 8 1 5 8 2 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 14 1 5 14 2 5 15 5 16 5 16 1 5 16 2 Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measure ments R amp S FSV K91 91n This section describes the remote commands specific to the WLAN TX Measurements option R amp S FSV K91 91n The abbreviation WLAN stands for the Wireless LAN oper ating mode For details on conventions used in this chapter refer to chapter 5 1 Nota tion on page 111 at the beginning of this chapter For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands refer to the correspond ing subsystem in the base unit description Subsystems of the WLAN TX Measurements option R amp S FSV K91 91n Notattonm E E 111 ABORt Subsystem E 114 CALCulate BURSt Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 114 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 115 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 133 Description of the CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 133 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 138 CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n cene 139 DISPlay Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n seen 155 FETCh Subsy
115. GCHh BURSEFERROEMINimU rm iis roit vt v eee eranc Due beer a e ER RE D MERE d UR 164 FETOCh BURG GlM alance AVEHRaoe eene eene nean nennt eh nrnt sene nens ten rent ist ESEE nEn Ennan 164 FETCH BURG GlM alance MANImum eene et hen inneren resins nennen CA SENINA 164 FETOCh BURG GlM alance MiNimum nennen enne nene ne nnnm ssh tenens ent rnns sinerent rsen 164 FETCh BURSHOQOFISEEAVE Rage rc tiene ri laetae ee ed eee eve c eee eee PO Run 164 FE TCh BURGlOOFtser MA vimum eterne nere niente enne inns sn nr rennes nnns en nrn aneneen nnn 164 FE TCh BURSlOOFtser MiNimmum enne nnnr enne nns r nere EnEn nEn nn rents rns enn 164 FETCI BURSEPAYLDOBG s rita hir ote a rd i hte Om n See EE UE 164 FETCR BURSUPEAK qm HPO 165 FETCh BURSUPREAMbIC etn e cO OE e ais ued rr ku ed d en bd 165 FETCh BURSt QUADoffset AVERage 165 FETCh BURSEQUADOffset MAXIMUM sirisser reignar erre ve rex e rave i eiu era ege Eder ONES VE ege ERE 165 FETOCh BURG OU ADoftserMiNimum A 165 FETGh BURSERMS MAXIBYUITIS icca oue oer rp eben ty tren tenera Yee era Do CER RE vated ae rea Der pedo 165 FETOCHBURGSCHRMS MiNimum rene ths set nt enne sers en nnn tenta nnns rennen res inns lin 165 FETGCh BURSERMSEAVERa98 irr isti e PEE Ee or ree e Ferre e EE E REF ERES RE dere 165 FETCh BURSt SYMBolerror AVERage 166 FETCh BURSESYMBolerror MAXimd lm 2i rere rte rta Ren ee XR Ye en NONE RAE e RARE Po SS AERE RC ER rain 166
116. L 4 Sets the equaliizer filter length to 4 chips WLAN 176 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n SENSe DEMod FILTer MODulation lt TXFilter gt lt RXFilter gt This command selects the TX and RX filters The names of the filters correspond to the file names a query of all available filters is possible by means of the SENSe DEMod FILTer CATalog on page 176 command Parameters lt TXFilter gt RST AUTO AUTO lt RXFilter gt DEF_TX default transmit filter DEF_RX default receive filter Example DEM FILT MOD DEF TX DEF RX DEF TXis selected for the TX filter and DEF RX for the RX filter Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze Format The remote control command sets the analysis modulation format that will be assumed when the measurement is performed If the SENSe DEMod FORMat STGSymbol on page 184 parameter has been set to ON this command can be used to measure only certain burst types within a measurement sequence For IEEE 802 11n this command is only supported for SISO For IEEE 802 11n MIMO use SENSe DEMod FORMat MCSIndex on page 183 Parameters Format RST QAM64 For details refer to chapter 5 14 2 Commands of the SENSe Subsystem on page 173 Example DEM FORM BAN QAM16 Only bursts that are of the QAM16 modulation format are ana lyzed
117. Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BTYPe lt BurstT ype gt This remote control command specifies the type of burst to be analyzed Only bursts of the specified type take part in measurement analysis SS SST Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 177 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n EECHER SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters lt BurstType gt DIRECT LONG OFDM SHORT OFDM LONG SHORT MM20 GFM20 MM40 GFM40 DIRECT IEEE 802 11a IEEE 802 11 10MHz IEEE 802 11j 20MHz IEEE 802 119 802 11 OFDM Turbo Direct Link Burst LONG OFDM IEEE 802 11g Long DSSS OFDM SHORT OFDM IEEE 802 11g Short DSSS OFDM LONG IEEE 802 11b IEEE 802 11g Long PLCP Burst SHORT IEEE 802 11b IEEE 802 11g Short PLCP Burst MM20 IEEE 802 11n Mixed Mode 20 MHz sampling rate GFM20 IEEE 802 11n Green Field Mode 20 MHz sampling rate MM40 IEEE 802 11n Mixed Mode 40 MHz sampling rate GFM40 IEEE 802 11n Green Field Mode 40 MHz sampling rate RST DIRECT Example DEM FORM BAN BTYPe DIRECT Only DIRECT bursts are analyzed Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BTYPe AUTO TYPE lt Analysis gt This remote control command specifies how signals are analyzed IEEE IEEE 802 11n MIMO only PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 178 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 9
118. R amp S FSV K91 91n Firmware Option WLAN TX Measurements Operating Manual NU ARTE 1173 0772 02 06 1 EZ remen Test amp Measu Operating Manual This manual describes the following options e R amp S FSV K91 1310 8903 02 e R amp S FSV K91n 1310 9468 02 The contents of this manual correspond to the following R amp S FSVR models with firmware version 1 63 or higher e R amp S FSVR7 1311 0006K7 e R amp S9FSVR13 1311 0006K13 R amp S FSVR30 1311 0006K30 R amp S FSVR40 1311 0006K40 The firmware of the instrument makes use of several valuable open source software packages The most important of them are listed below together with their corresponding open source license The verbatim license texts are provided on the user documentation CD ROM included in delivery Package Link License OpenSSL http www openssl org OpenSSL SSLeavy Xitami http www xitami com 2 5b6 PHP http www php net PHP v 3 DOJO AJAX http www dojotoolkit org Academic Free License BSD ResizableLib http www geocities com ppescher Artistic License BOOST Library http www boost org Boost Software v 1 ONC RPC http www plt rwth aachen de index php id 258 SUN The product Open SSL includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com and software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Rohde amp Schwarz would like to thank the open source community for
119. R amp S FSV K91 91n Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt CONStellation CCARrier IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Constellation vs Carrier After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the INITTiate lt n gt IMMediate command Example CONF BURS CONS CCAR Configures the Constellation versus Carrier measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt CONStellation CSYMbol IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Constellation vs Symbol After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the INITiate lt n gt IMMediate command Example CONF BURS CONS CSYM Configures the Constellation versus Symbol measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt EVM ECARrier IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be EVM vs Carrier After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the INITiate lt n gt IMMediate command Example CONF BURS EVM ECAR Configures the EVM vs Carrier measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt EVM ESYMbol IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be EVM vs Symbol After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the INITiate lt n gt
120. Ration Register 210 5 19 2 STATus QUEStionable Register 210 5 19 3 STATus QUEStionable LIMit Register 211 5 19 4 STATus QUEStionable SYNC Register 212 5 19 5 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register sse 213 5 19 1 STATus OPERation Register This register contains information on which actions the instrument is executing or which actions the instrument has executed since the last reading It can be read using the com mands STATus OPERation CONDition Or STATus OPERation EVENt Table 5 5 Meaning of the bits used in the STATus OPERation register Bit No Meaning 0 CALibrating This bit is set as long as the instrument is performing a calibration 1 3 Not used 4 MEASuring This bit is set when a measurement is in progress application specific 5 7 Not used 8 HardCOPy in progress This bit is set while the instrument is printing a hardcopy 9 14 Not used 15 This bit is always 0 5 19 2 STATus QUEStionable Register This register contains information about indefinite states which may occur if the unit is operated without meeting the specifications It can be read using the commands STATus QUEStionable CONDition or STATus QUEStionable EVENt Table 5 6 Meaning of the bits used in the STATus QUEStionable register Bit No Meaning 0to2 These bits are not used 3 POWer This bit is set if a questionable power occurs
121. SP B101 option e Yellow colored arrows represent the connection between the SMA plug of the R amp S OSP B101 option with the RF or analog baseband input of the analyzer OSP IP Address Sequential Using OSP Switch Setup The analyzer and the R amp S OSP switch platform have to be connected via LAN Enter the IP address of the OSP switch platform When using an R amp SGOSP130 switch platform the IP address is shown in the front dis play When using a R amp S OSP120 switch platform connect an external monitor to get the IP address or use the default IP address of the OSP switch platform For details read the OSP operation manual An online keyboard is displayed to enter the address in dotted IPV4 format SCPI command CONFigure WLAN OSP ADDRess on page 152 PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 91 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 4 3 Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 OSP Switch Module Sequential Using OSP Switch Setup The R amp SGOSP B101 option is fitted in one of the three module slots at the rear of the OSP switch platform The DUT Tx antennas are connected with the analyzer via the R amp S OSP B101 module fitted in the OSP switch platform Select the R amp S amp 9OSP B101 module that is used for this connection SCPI command CONFigure WLAN OSP MODule on page 152 Manual Sequential MIMO Data Capture Note For sequential MIMO measurements the DUT has to transm
122. Scheme MCS index of the bursts taking part in the analysis manually This field is enabled for MCS index to use Meas only the specified MCS or Demod all with specified MCS SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat MCSIndex on page 183 Guard Interval Length Defines the guard interval length of the bursts taking part in the analysis Auto same All bursts using the guard interval length identical to the first recognized type as first burst are analyzed burst Auto individu All bursts are analyzed ally for each burst Meas only Only bursts with short guard interval length are analyzed Short Meas only Only bursts with long guard interval length are analyzed Long Demod allas All bursts are demodulated assuming short guard interval length short Demod allas All bursts are demodulated assuming long guard interval length long SCPI command CONFigure WLAN GTIMe AUTO TYPE on page 149 STBC field Defines the Space Time Block Coding STBC field content of the bursts taking part in the analysis Auto same All bursts using a STBC field content identical to the first recognized type as first burst are analyzed burst PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 101 R amp S FSV K91 91n Auto individu ally for each burst Meas only if STBC field 0 Meas only if STBC field 1 1 Stream Meas only if STBC field 2 2 Stream Demod all as STBC field 0 Demo
123. Set The expected mean signal level for the input signal Turbo Mode only Frequency The frequency of the measured input signal Time Data Symbols Shows the minimum and maximum number of data symbols that a burst may have if it is to be considered in results analysis Turbo Mode only Samples Standard Selected measurement standard Burst Type The type of burst being analyzed Turbo Mode only Modulation Shows the active setting selected in the Demod Set tings dialog box Demodulator or PSDU Modula tion to Analyze Burst x of y z In case statistic over bursts is switched on Overall Burst Count x bursts of totally required y No of Bursts to Analyze bursts have been analyzed so far The value z gives the number of analyzed bursts by the last update of the statistic Table 3 4 Measurement settings for IEEE 802 11n SISO MIMO Setting Description Restrictions Sig Lvl Set The expected mean signal level for the input signal Turbo Mode only Frequency The frequency of the measured input signal Fs Input sample rate Time Data Symbols Shows the minimum and maximum number of data symbols that a burst may have if itis to be considered in results analysis Turbo Mode only Samples Number of samples for the Capture Time interval generated at Input Sample Rate Fs SISO only Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 50 R amp S FSV K91 9
124. TCh BURSt IQOFfset AVERage FETCh BURSt IQOFfset MAXimum FETCh BURSt IQOFfset MINimum This command returns the measured average minimum or maximum IQ Offset errors in dB Example FETC BURS IQOF MAX The maximum IQ Offset error from the most recent measurement is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt PAYLoad This command returns the measured power in the payload of the burst PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 164 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Eh FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example FETC BURS PAYL The burst payload power is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt PEAK This command returns the Peak power in dBm measured during the measurement time Example FETC BURS PEAK The calculated peak power from the most recent measurement is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt PREamble This command returns the measured power in the burst preamble Example FETC BURS PRE The burst preamble power is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt QUADoffset AVERage FETCh BURSt QUADoffset MAXimum FETCh BURSt QUADoffset MINimum This command returns the accuracy in terms of the phase error of symbols within a burst Example FETC BURS QUAD MAX The maximum angle error recorded for a symbol during the mea surement Usage Query only Mode WLAN FE
125. TCh BURSt RMS AVERage FETCh BURSt RMS MAXimum FETCh BURSt RMS MINimum This command returns the average minimum or maximum RMS burst power in dBm measured during the measurement Example FETC BURS RMS MAX The maximum calculated RSM burst power from the most recent measurement is returned SS ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 165 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n a SES FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt SYMBolerror AVERage FETCh BURSt SYMBolerror MAXimum FETCh BURSt SYMBolerror MINimum This command returns the percentage of symbols that were outside permissible de mod ulation range within a burst Example FETC BURS SYMB MAX The maximum number of symbols that were out of range per burst Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt TFALI AVERage FETCh BURSt TFALI MAXimum FETCh BURSt TFALI MINimum This command returns the average minimum or maximum burst fall time in seconds Example FETC BURS TFAL MAX The maximum calculated fall time from the most recent measure ment is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt TRISe AVERage FETCh BURSt TRISe MAXimum FETCh BURSt TRISe MINimum This command returns the average minimum or maximum burst rise time in seconds Example FETC BURS TRIS MAX The maximum calculated rise time from the most recent measure ment i
126. The payload length information from the HT Signal field is used CONFigure WLAN PAYload LENgth SRC on page 152 Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 102 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 FFT Start Offset This command specifies the FFT start offset AUTO The FFT start offset is automatically chosen to minimize the intersymbol interference Guard Interval Guard Interval Center The FFT start offset is placed to the center of Cntr the guard interval SCPI command SENSe DEMod FFT OFFSet on page 176 4 3 3 MIMO Settings IEEE 802 11n MIMO only The MIMO settings define the mapping between streams and antennas This tab is only available if the standard IEEE 802 11n MIMO is selected Spatial Mapping Mode aie ceases sees ute dace era rer E ER RE Feet enmt 103 Power Normalis oricui oiia aeque Re Nn nee ege deed 103 User Defined Spatial Mappimg EE 103 Spatial Mapping Mode defines the mapping between streams and antennas Direct The mapping between streams and antennas is the identity matrix See also section 20 3 11 10 1 Spatial Mapping of the IEEE 802 11n WLAN standard Spatial Expan For this mode all streams contribute to all antennas See also section sion 20 3 11 10 1 Spatial Mapping of the IEEE 802 11n WLAN standard User defined The mapping between streams and antennas is defined by the User
127. This result is the value after filtering Example FETC BURS EVM DIR MAX The maximum EVM recorded after filtering Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt EVM PILot AVERage FETCh BURStEVM PILot MAXimum FETCh BURSt EVM PILot MINimum This command returns the error vector magnitude measurement results summary for the EVM pilot carrier average minimum or maximum value in dB Example FETC BURS EVM PIL MAX The maximum EVM recorded for the EVM pilot carrier is returned SS SS ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 163 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem c M M M M M M a FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt FERRor AVERage FETCh BURSt FERRor MAXimum FETCh BURSt FERRor MINimum This command returns the measured average minimum or maximum frequency errors in Hertz Example FETC BURS FERR MAX The maximum frequency error from the most recent measurement is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt GIMBalance AVERage FETCh BURSt GIMBalance MAXimum FETCh BURSt GIMBalance MINimum This command returns the measured average minimum or maximum IQ Imbalance errors in dB Example FETC BURS GIMB MAX The maximum IQ Imbalance error from the most recent measure ment is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FE
128. UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 RST RF Example INP SEL RF Mode A IQ NF TDS VSA CDMA EVDO WCDMA ADEMOD GSM OFDM OFDMA WiBro WLAN INSTrument Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text param eters or fixed numbers INS Tiumen S ELEA E 170 INS momon Eege eege 170 INSTrument SELect lt Mode gt Parameters lt Mode gt WLAN Selects WLAN TX mode R amp S FSV K91 91n option INSTrument NSELect lt Mode gt Parameters lt Mode gt 16 Selects WLAN TX mode R amp S FSV K91 91n option MMEMory Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n The MMEMory mass memory subsystem provides commands to store and load IQ data MMEMbry EOADIQISTATe unnan iaaa aaa anaa KEA EaR aaa Eaa RAEE Erna 170 MMEMOMV LOAD SEM STATE EE 171 MMEM ory STORE IO STAT Oirnn ertet eet me enter rece Phat nete e o PREN RER 171 MMEMory LOAD IQ STATe 1 lt FileName gt This command loads the I Q data from the specified iqw file PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 170 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Eh 5 14 5 14 1 5 14 2 5 14 1 SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters lt FileName gt 1 lt file_name gt Example MMEM LOAD IQ STAT 1 C R_S Instr user data iqw Loads IQ data from the specified file Usage Setting only Mode WLAN MMEMory LO
129. V K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the Trace Menu TRAC key R amp S FSV K91 91n 4 5 Softkeys of the Trace Menu TRAC key R amp S FSV K91 91n The following table shows all softkeys available in the Trace menu in WLAN mode TRACE key It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all soft keys If a softkey is only available with a special option model or measurement mode this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description Display List Graph Configures the result display The measurement results are displayed either in form of a list of measurement points or as a graphical trace For MIMO measurements IEEE 802 11n MIMO only the results are provided as an overview of all data streams in the Global Result Summary List 1 and for the individual streams in separate result summaries List 2 SCPI command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TABLe on page 156 For result queries see chapter 5 8 FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 159 Screen Focus A B Selects the active screen for Q measurement results in split and full screen mode Only the markers of an active screen can be controlled SCPI command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt SSELect on page 156 Screen Size Full Split Changes the display between split and full screen for Q measurement results Frequency sweep measurement results are always displayed in
130. V OFFS 10 External attenuation of the analyzer is 10 dB i e a gain of 10 dB Mode WLAN FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n The FETCh subsystem contains commands for reading out results of complex measure ment tasks This subsystem is closely linked to the CONFigure and SENSe subsystems ASCII formats for returned values nennen nennen nnus 159 Commands of the Fetch Subsystem 91 160 ASCII formats for returned values The results are output as a list of result strings separated by commas Returned values for IEEE 802 11a j OFDM n amp Turbo Mode preamble power payload power gt min rms power gt average rms power gt lt max rms power peak power gt min crest factor gt lt average crest factor gt lt max crest factor min frequency error average frequency error max frequency error haee pu uL c E A x M Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 159 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n lt min symbol error gt lt average symbol error gt lt max symbol error gt min IQ offset gt average IQ offset maximum IQ offset min gain imbalance average gain imbalance max gain imbalance min quadrature offset average quadrature offset max quadrature off
131. WLAN SMAP MODE DIR CONFigure WLAN SMAPping NORMalise State This remote control command specifies whether an amplification of the signal power due to the spatial mapping is performed according to the matrix entries If this command it set to ON then the spatial mapping matrix is scaled by a constant factor to obtain a passive spatial mapping matrix which does not increase the total transmitted power If this com mand is set to OFF the normalization step is omitted See Msi Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 153 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters lt State gt ON OFF Example CONF WLAN SMAP NORM OFF CONFigure WLAN SMAPping TX lt 1 4 gt lt STS 1 I gt lt STS 1 Q gt lt STS 2 I gt lt STS 2 Q gt lt STS 3 I gt lt STS 3 Q gt lt STS 4 I gt lt STS 4 Q gt lt TimeShift gt This remote control command specifies the mapping for all streams real amp imaginary data pairs and timeshift for a specified antenna Suffix TX lt 1 4 gt Defines the TX antenna Parameters lt STS 1 I gt lt STS 2 I Imag part of the complex element of the STS Streams lt STS 3 I gt lt STS 4 I lt STS 1 Q gt lt STS 2 Real part of the complex element of the STS Streams Q gt lt STS 3 Q gt lt STS 4 Q gt lt TimeShift gt Time shift in s for specification of user defined CSD cyclic delay diversity f
132. ady displayed press the softkey for which you want to display help A topic containing information about the softkey and its function is displayed If a softkey opens a submenu and you press the softkey a second time the submenu of the softkey is displayed Contents of the help dialog box The help dialog box contains four tabs e Contents contains a table of help contents e View contains a specific help topic e Index contains index entries to search for help topics e Zoom contains zoom functions for the help display To change between these tabs press the tab on the touchscreen Navigating in the table of contents e To move through the displayed contents entries use the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW keys Entries that contain further entries are marked with a plus sign e Todisplay a help topic press the ENTER key The View tab with the corresponding help topic is displayed e Tochange to the next tab press the tab on the touchscreen Navigating in the help topics e To scroll through a page use the rotary knob or the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW keys e To jump to the linked topic press the link text on the touchscreen Searching for a topic 1 Change to the Index tab nae p uL c LC JP C C E Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 8 R amp S FSV K91 91n Preface SSES How to Use the Help System 2 Enter the first characters of the topic you are i
133. age minimum or maximum value in dB for the IEEE 802 11b standard This result is the value before filtering Example FETC BURS EVM MAX The maximum EVM recorded before filtering Usage Query only Mode WLAN MIE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 162 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n gt FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n FETCh BURSt EVM ALL AVERage FETCh BURSt EVM ALL MAXimum FETCh BURSt EVM ALL MINimum This command returns the error vector magnitude measurement results summary aver age minimum or maximum value in dB This is a combined figure that represents the pilot data and the free carrier Example FETC BURS EVM ALL MAX The maximum EVM recorded for all measurement carrier is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt EVM DATA AVERage FETCh BURSt EVM DATA MAXimum FETCh BURSt EVM DATA MINimum This command returns the error vector magnitude measurement results summary for the data carrier average minimum or maximum value in dB Example FETC BURS EVM DATA MAX The maximum EVM recorded for the data carrier is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt EVM DIRect AVERage FETCh BURStEVM DIRect MAXimum FETCh BURSt EVM DIRect MINimum This command returns the error vector magnitude measurement results summary aver age minimum or maximum value in dB for the IEEE 802 11b standard
134. ain imbalanceresults returned in RST DB Example UNIT EVM PCT Gain imbalance results to be returned in 96 Mode WLAN UNIT PREamble Unit This command specifies the units for preamble error results Parameters Unit HZ PCT HZ Preamble error results returned in HZ PCT Preamble error results returned in 96 RST HZ Example UNIT EVM PCT Preamble error results to be returned in 96 Mode WLAN Status Reporting System Option R amp S FSV K91 The status reporting system stores all information on the current operating state of the instrument e g information on errors or limit violations which have occurred This infor mation is stored in the status registers and in the error queue The status registers and the error queue can be queried via IEC bus In this section only the new and altered status registers bits for the WiMAX option R amp S FSV K91 are described Detailed information on the status registers of the base system is given in the section Status Reporting System in chapter 5 of the Operating PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 207 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n PENE Status Reporting System Option R amp S FSV K91 Manual on CD A description of the remote commands required to query them is provided in Remote Control Description of Analyzer Commands gt STATus QUEStionable Subsystem in the base unit documentation Description of
135. alyzer spectrum analyzer enables the accurate and reproducible TX measurement of a wireless LAN device under test DUT in accordance with the stand ards specified for the device The following test conditions are supported Modulation formats e EEE 802 1 10 MHz BPSK 3 amp 4 5 Mbps QPSK 6 amp 9 Mbps 16QAM 12 amp 18 Mbps 64QAM 24 amp 27 Mbps e IEEE 802 11a j 20 MHz amp g OFDM BPSK 6 amp 9 Mbps QPSK 12 amp 18 Mbps 16QAM 24 amp 36 Mbps 64QAM 48 amp 54 Mbps e IEEE 802 11a j 10 MHz amp g OFDM BPSK 6 amp 9 Mbps QPSK 12 amp 18 Mbps 16QAM 24 amp 36 Mbps 64QAM 48 amp 54 Mbps e IEEE 802 11b amp g single carrier mode DBPSK 1 Mbps DQPSK 2 Mbps CCK 5 5 amp 11 Mbps PBCC 5 5 11 amp 22 Mbps e EEE 802 11n OFDM BPSK 6 5 7 2 13 5 amp 15 Mbps QPSK 13 14 4 19 5 21 7 27 30 40 5 amp 45 Mbps 16QAM 26 28 9 39 43 3 54 60 81 amp 90 Mbps 64QAM 52 57 8 58 5 65 72 2 108 121 5 135 120 135 amp 150 Mbps Modulation measurements e Constellation diagram e Constellation diagram for each OFDM carrier e 1 Q offset and UO imbalance e Carrier and symbol frequency errors e Modulation error EVM for each OFDM carrier or symbol e Amplitude response and group delay distortion spectral flatness Further measurements and results e Amplitude statistics CCDF
136. and crest factor e Transmit spectrum mask EE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 12 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n DEE Basic Measurement Examples e FFT also over a selected part of the signal e g preamble e Payload bit information e Freq Phase Err vs Preamble 3 2 Basic Measurement Examples This section provides step by step instruction for working through an ordinary measure ment The following steps are described 1 chapter 3 2 1 Setting Up the Measurement on page 13 2 chapter 3 2 2 Performing the Main Measurement on page 14 In this example a DUT using IEEE 802 11a is be used The DUT is connected to the analyzer using the RF input of the analyzer The DUT generates a signal modulated using 16QAM 3 2 1 Setting Up the Measurement 1 Activate the WLAN mode using the MODE gt WLAN keys 2 Press the FREQ key once to select and open the Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 and to activate the frequency input field se eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 13 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n ee ee SP Basic Measurement Examples Burst To Analyze Signal Field Content P Burst Type Direct Link Burst Auto Demodulation V4 Analyze PSDU Mod Equal Burst Length Min Data Symbols 1 Max Data Symbols 1356 Channel Estimation Payload Tracking Phase V Timing Level 3 Activate Auto Demodulat
137. atial Space Time Transmit Stream Stream Antenna More Signals Signals Signals d Space Time y R Hpy y Block Code X Hpry Qs STBC v s a Hon intemal cross talk Channel Flatness Y lt Group Delay Physical Channel Hex Channel Flatness Group Delay Effective Channel Ha Hr Q EVMes EVMere LO Offset Burst Power Conventional EVM Conventional EVM Gain Imbalance Crest Factor of Data Carrier of Pilot Carrier Quadrature Offset Data Constellation Pilot Constellation BER Pilot Streams Fig 3 4 Possible results and Channel Representation effective physical For example EVM and Constellation results are calculated according to the spatial or space time streams in the transmitter i e by using the effective channel which includes the spatial mapping Since Space Time Block Encoding is only applied to data carriers but pilot carriers are inserted without STBC the EVM analysis is applied to spatial streams STBC decoded for data carriers and to space time streams for pilot streams As a consequence we might get results EVM and Constellation for a different number of streams for data and pilot carriers if STBC is applied For example using 2x2 MIMO with active STBC we get only pilot carriers in the second stream because due to STBC there is only one spatial data stream but 2 space time pilot streams SSS Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 36 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K9
138. ation and operation of the R amp S DiglConf software see the R amp SGEX IQ BOX Digital Interface Module R amp SGDiglConf Software Operating Manual TX Settings EXIQ Opens the EX IQ BOX Settings dialog box to configure the analyzer for digital output to a connected device Transmitter Type RX Settings EXIQ Opens the EX IQ BOX Settings dialog box to configure the analyzer for digital input from a connected device Receiver Type Send To EXIQ The configuration settings defined in the dialog box are transferred to the R amp S EX IQ BOX Firmware Update EXIQ If a firmware update for the R amp S EX IQ BOX is delivered with the analyzer firmware this function is available In this case when you select the softkey the firmware update is performed R amp S Support EXIQ Stores useful information for troubleshooting in case of errors This data is stored in the C R_S Instr user Support directory on the instrument If you contact the Rohde amp Schwarz support to get help for a certain problem send these files to the support in order to identify and solve the problem faster A Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 108 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for WLAN Measurements DiglConf EXIQ Starts the optional R amp S DiglConf application This softkey is only available if the optional software is installed To
139. atness in the selected measurement window This command is query only for the following result displays e Auto Level e Constellation vs Symbol e Constellation vs Carrier e EVM vs Symbol e PVT Full e PVT Rising Falling e Magnitude Capture Buffer e Spectrum Mask e Spectrum ACP ACPR e Spectrum FFT e CCDF Suffix n 1 4 window Parameters lt Position gt Example CALC2 MARK Y 2 Positions marker 1 in screen B to 2 CALC MARK Y Outputs the measured value of marker 1 Mode WLAN OFDMA WiBro PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 137 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 5 2 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n The measurement window is selected by CALCulate 1 screen A or 2 screen B CAL Culate nzM Abker 2zEUNGCHon POWerRtE Gut CURent 138 CALCulate n MARKer 1 FUNCtion POWer RESult MAXHold eene 138 CALCulate lt n MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCHOn ZOOM s einiireeirin iieiaei drek iraa er LAENE EAEAN 139 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult CURRent This command queries the current result values of the adjacent channel power mea surement An ACPR Adjacent channel power relative measurement must have previ ously been run for there to be summary data available Results are output separated by commas in the follo
140. axis for the active trace Mode WLAN DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe PDIVision Size This command sets the size of each Y scale division for the specified trace display Note that this command has no affect if automatic scaling of the Y axis is enabled This com mand is only available for the following result displays e EVM vs Carrier e EVM vs Symbol e Frequency error vs Preamble e Phase error vs Preamble Suffix lt n gt 2 window must be 2 as the relevant results are always displayed in screen B lt t gt 1 trace must be 1 Parameters lt Size gt RST 3 Example DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL DPIV 2 Sets the Y scale division to size to 2 Mode WLAN DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel This command queries the current internal instrument reference level used when per forming measurements PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 157 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n PENE DISPlay Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Suffix lt n gt 112 irrelevant t 1 3 irrelevant Example DISP TRAC Y RLEV Returns the current reference level in use Usage Query only SCPI confirmed Mode WLAN DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel RF Level This command can be used to retrieve or set the current internal instrument reference level for RF input used when performing measurements
141. ayed in this list are for the entire measurement If a specific number of bursts have been requested which requires more than one sweep the result summary list is updated at the end of each sweep The number of bursts measured and the number of bursts requested are displayed to show the progress through the measurement The Min Mean Max columns show the minimum mean or maximum values of the burst results For details on the displayed measurement results see chapter 3 8 Measurement Result Types on page 41 SS ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 51 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Settings a Top 22 1 dBm x Demod _ 1 1366 Mean Limit Limit 15 00 ppm dBm dB Measurement Complete TLITLTLD ren Fig 3 11 Result summary list for measurements on OFDM signals EVM All Carr IEEE802 11a j g Shows the EVM Error Vector Magnitude over all carriers of the payload symbols in and in dB For better orientation the table also shows the corresponding limits specified in the standard EVM Data Carr IEEE802 11a j g Shows the EVM Error Vector Magnitude over all data carriers of the payload sym bols in and in dB For better orientation the table also shows the corresponding limits specified in the standard EVM Pilot Carr IEEE802 11a j g Shows the EVM Error Vector Magnitude over all pilot carriers of the payload symbols in and in dB For better orientatio
142. bit is set if a limit for the adjacent channel power measurement is violated see chapter 5 19 5 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register on page 213 13 Not used 15 This bit is always 0 5 19 3 STATus QUEStionable LIMit Register This register contains information about the observance of limit lines It can be read using the commands STATus QUEStionable LIMit2 CONDition and STATus QUEStionable LIMit2 EVENt The Limit register is associated with limit lines for the Spectrum Mask measurement only No limit lines are displayed in screen A and as such all bits in the LIMit1 register will always be set to 0 Table 5 7 Meaning of the bits used in the STATus QUEStionable LIMit2 register Bit No Meaning 0 to 1 These bits are not used 2 LIMit FAIL This bit is set if the ETSI Spectrum Mask limit line is violated LIMit FAIL This bit is set if the Spectrum Flatness Upper limit line is violated p H Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 211 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Status Reporting System Option R amp S FSV K91 Bit No Meaning 4 LIMit FAIL This bit is set if the Spectrum Flatness Lower limit line is violated 5 LIMit FAIL This bit is set if the IEEE Spectrum Mask limit line is violat
143. ccurred since the last reading itis the memory of the condition part It only indicates events passed on by the transition filters It is permanently updated by the instrument This part can only be read by the user Reading the register clears it PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 192 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n SSS EEE M ee ee STATus Subsystem WLAN K91 Example STAT QUES Usage Query only Mode all STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit EVENt STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt Screen gt EVENt STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt The EVENt part indicates whether an event has occurred since the last reading It only indicates events passed on by the transition filters It is permanently updated by the instrument This part can only be read by the user Reading the register clears it Possible events are described in chapter 5 19 5 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register on page 213 chapter 5 19 3 STATus QUEStionable LIMit Register on page 211 chapter 5 19 4 STATus QUEStionable SYNC Register on page 212 Suffix lt Screen gt 112 1 Screen A 2 Screen B Note that limit lines are not displayed in screen A thus STAT QUES LIMI1 always returns 0 Usage Query only SCPI confirmed Mode WLAN STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit CONDition STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt Screen gt CONDition STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition
144. cifies the maximum number of symbols bytes or duration of a burst to be considered in measurement analysis This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is deactivated SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes MAX on page 179 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation MAX on page 180 nempe uL E A C n M Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 97 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 Filter adjacent channels IEEE 802 11n MIMO If activated only the useful signal is analyzed all signal data in adjacent channels is filtered out by the RBW filter This setting improves the signal to noise ratio and thus the EVM results for narrow signals SCPI command SENSe BANDwidth RESolution FILTer on page 175 Phase Activates or deactivates the compensation for phase error If activated the measurement results are compensated for phase error on a per symbol basis SCPI command SENSe TRACking PHASe on page 190 Timing Activates or deactivates the compensation for timing error If activated the measurement results are compensated for timing error on a per symbol basis SCPI command SENSe TRACking TIME on page 191 Level Activates or deactivates the compensation for level error If activated the measurement results are c
145. d Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM ALL MAXimum Value This command sets the maximum error vector magnitude limit This is a combined figure that represents the pilot data and the free carrier Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in dB Example CALC LIM BURS EVM ALL MAX Maximum EVM for all carrier limit is returned Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM ALL MAXimum RESult This command returns the maximum error vector magnitude limit result This is a com bined figure that represents the pilot data and the free carrier Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 120 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n gS i ENEE CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Return values lt Results gt 011 0 PASSED 1 FAILED Example CALC LIM BURS EVM ALL MAX RES Maximum EVM for all carrier limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM DATA AVERage Value This command sets the average error vector magnitude limit summary for the data carrier Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in dB Example CALC LIM BURS EVM DATA 30 0 Average EVM for data carrier limit is set to 30 0 dB Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1
146. d Settings Dialog Box K91 Short Only the PPDUS with short guard interval are analyzed Long Only the PPDUs with long guard interval are analyzed SCPI command CONFigure WLAN GTIMe SELect on page 150 Equal Burst Length Activates or deactivates the burst selection for measurement analysis according to the range or specific number of data symbols bytes Standard State Description IEEE 802 112 j n On Only bursts with exactly the number of symbols specified in the Data Symbols field are considered for measurement analysis see Data Symbols IEEE 802 11a j n on page 96 Off Only bursts within the range of data symbols specified by the Min Data Symbols and Max Data Symbols fields are considered for measure ment analysis See Min Data Symbols IEEE 802 11a j n on page 97 and Max Data Symbols IEEE 802 11a j n on page 97 IEEE 802 11b g Single On Only bursts with exactly the number of data bytes or duration specified Carrier in the Payload Length field are considered for measurement analysis See Payload Length IEEE 802 11b g on page 97 Off Only bursts within the range of data bytes or duration specified by the Min Payload Length and Max Payload Length fields are considered for measurement analysis See Min Payload Length IEEE 802 11b 9 on page 97 and Max Payload Length IEEE 802 11b g on page 97 IEEE 802 11g OFDM On Only bursts with exactly the number
147. d all as STBC field 1 Demod all as STBC field 2 SCPI command Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 All bursts are analyzed Only bursts with the specified STBC field content are analyzed Only bursts with the specified STBC field content are analyzed Only bursts with the specified STBC field content are analyzed All bursts are analyzed assuming the specified STBC field content All bursts are analyzed assuming the specified STBC field content All bursts are analyzed assuming the specified STBC field content CONFigure WLAN STBC AUTO TYPE on page 155 Extension spatial streams sounding defines the Ness field content of the bursts taking part in the analysis Auto same type as first burst Auto individu ally for each burst Meas only if Ness lt x gt Demod all as Ness lt x gt SCPI command All bursts using a Ness value identical to the first recognized burst are analyzed All bursts are analyzed Only bursts with the specified Ness value are analyzed All bursts are analyzed assuming the specified Ness value CONFigure WLAN EXTension AUTO TYPE on page 149 Source of Payload Length Defines how the payload length of the bursts to analyze is determined Estimate from Signal Take from HT SIG SCPI command The payload length is estimated by the measurement application from the signal
148. dBm or Volt see Full Scale Level on page 88 This command is only available if the optional R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 is installed For details see the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 description of the base unit Parameters Level numeric value Range 70 711 nV to 7 071 V RST 1V Example INP DIQ RANG 1V Mode A IQ NF TDS VSA CDMA EVDO WCDMA ADEMOD GSM OFDM OFDMA WiBro WLAN INPut DIQ SRATe lt SampleRate gt This command specifies or queries the sample rate of the input signal from the R amp S Digital UO Interface see Input Sample Rate on page 88 This command is only available if the optional R amp S Digital UO Interface option R amp S FSV B17 is installed For details see the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 description of the base unit Parameters lt SampleRate gt Range 1 Hz to 10 GHz RST 32 MHz Example INP DIQ SRAT 200 MHz Mode A IQ NF TDS VSA CDMA EVDO WCDMA ADEMOD GSM OFDM OFDMA WiBro WLAN INPut SELect lt Source gt This command selects the signal source for measurements ee eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 169 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 12 5 13 INSTrument Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters Source RF DIQ RF Radio Frequency RF INPUT connector DIQ Digital IQ only available with R amp S Digital
149. data This data is transferred via LAN to the master for analysis of the MIMO system SCPI command CONFigure WLAN ANTMatrix STATe RecPath on page 148 Analyzer IP Address Simultaneous Signal Capture Setup Defines the IP addresses of the slaves connected via LAN to the master SCPI command CONFigure WLAN ANTMatrix ADDRess RecPath on page 148 Assignment Simultaneous Signal Capture Setup Assignment of the expected antenna to an analyzer For a wired connection the assign ment of the Tx antenna connected to the analyzer is a possibility For a wired connection and Direct Spatial Mapping the Spectrum Flatness traces in the diagonal contain the useul information in case the signal transmitted from the antennas matches with the expected antennas Otherwise the secondary diagonal will contain the useful traces SCPI command CONFigure WLAN ANTMatrix ANTenna lt RecPath gt on page 148 Joined RX Sync and Tracking Simultaneous Signal Capture Setup This command configures how burst synchronization and tracking is performed for mul tiple captured antenna signals ON RX antennas are synchronized and tracked together OFF RX antennas are synchronized and tracked separately SCPI command CONFigure WLAN RSYNc JOINed on page 153 Sequential Using OSP Switch Setup A single analyzer and the Rohde amp Schwarz OSP Switch Platform with at least one fitted R amp S OSP B101 option is required to measure the number of DUT Tx
150. de Modulation at 18 Mbps QAM1624 IEEE 802 11a g OFDM j 20 MHz amp Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 24 Mbps Turbo QAM1626 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 26 Mbps QAM1636 IEEE 802 11a g OFDM j 20 MHz amp Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 36 Mbps Turbo QAM1639 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 39 Mbps QAM16289 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 28 9 Mbps QAM16433 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 43 3 Mbps QAM6424 EEE 802 11j 10 MHz Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 24 Mbps QAM6427 IEEE 802 11j 10 MHz Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 27 Mbps QAM6448 IEEE 802 118 g OFDM j 20 MHz amp Quadrature Amplitude Modulationat 48Mbps Turbo QAM6452 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 52 Mbps QAM6454 IEEE802 11a g OFDM 20MHz amp Turbo Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 54 Mbps QAM6465 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 65 Mbps e Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 172 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n QAM16289 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 28 9 Mbps QAM16433 IEEE 802 11n Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 43 3 Mbps QAM64578 IEEE 802
151. des is set SCPI command TRIGger SEQuence LEVel POWer on page 206 Auto Lvl Power Level Activates or deactivates the automatic measurement of the IF power trigger level ON The power trigger level is measured automatically at the start of each measurement sweep This ensures that the power trigger level is always set at the optimal level for obtaining accurate results but will result in a slightly increased measurement times OFF The power trigger level is defined manually in the Power Level on page 87 field SCPI command TRIGger SEQuence LEVel POWer AUTO on page 206 Input The following signal sources are supported e RF Input e Baseband Digital only with Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSV B17 SCPI command INPut SELect on page 169 4 2 2 Advanced Settings cM EE 87 Input Sample ISl erede Ee dee PORE Sed deese arie One uere rM nda ERA 88 Fill Scale EE 88 Auto Level TING EE 88 if E 88 PUSAN ON onset idee atender end dud AE n arse xd ne ra edo Re ge Seed lect aa d uen 88 Sample Ste eorr erre Perna veh ade ee ar eta Rar ete dae ea ed ne nene ek a dE 88 Meas Range IEEE 802 11b 9 rennen ner ek nen nnne 88 Swap IQ Activates or deactivates the inverted UO modulation nap uL c E A c n Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 87 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n
152. e values the second half the Q values Query parameters lt OffsetSa gt Offset of the values to be read related to the start of the acquired data Range 0 to lt NoSamples gt RST RST value lt NoSamples gt Number of measurement values to be read Range 1 to lt NoSamples gt lt OffsetSa gt RST RST value Example TRAC TO DATA MEM 0 2000 Requests first 2000 samples Usage Query only Mode WLAN UO Measurements There are a number of measurements that can be performed in I Q mode No data is returned for any of the following measurements should it be requested until a measure ment belonging to the UO group has been run Running a frequency sweep measurement for example Spectrum Mask does not generate results for this measurement group PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 197 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n TRACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n 5 16 2 1 Constellation vs Symbol This measurement represents and Q data Each and Q point is returned in floating point format TRACE1 is used for these measurement results For the IEEE 802 11a j and n standard data is returned as a repeating array of inter leaved and Q data in groups of selected carriers until all the data is exhausted The following rules apply e f All Carriers is selected 52 pairs of and Q data per symbol are returned e f Pilots Only is selected 4 pairs of and Q
153. e POWer SEM cscsescssescsesessecscssesscevecscessececevacscessecacevacsseseasavansvenseeesavaneveseees 185 SENSe POWer SEM TRACE REDUCUHOR EE 187 SEN DARIN usas autera i edid SR Mu ina E od na 187 SENSe SWEep COUNL ecce ttetetntteenetetenetnt tert tete ttt test on 188 SEN Eet C as 188 SENSe SWEep EGATe HOLDoff TIME e ceca 188 SENSe SWEep EGATe HOEDOfESAMPle eege uua tne tcr t nee AE deen 189 SENSe SWEep EGATe LENGth TIME ttt ttt 189 SENSe ISWESp EGATGe EENGII SAMPIG ccersccescassacavecscedsnaanandeadecndvesanegeasereeeeaenas 189 E EM EBI 189 GET 190 SENSE Eet Ter RE eegene teen eere seu Wicd aes 190 SENSE e ER EE 190 EE e e RTE 190 SENSe TRACKING PILOIS ege ENEE ein eae es 191 GE Me E T 191 SENSe BANDwidth CHANnel AUTO TYPE lt Analysis gt This remote control command specifies how bursts are analyzed according to channel bandwidth Parameters parameter FBURst The channel bandwidth of the first valid bursts is detected and subsequent bursts are analyzed only if they have the same chan nel bandwidth ALL All bursts are analyzed regardless of their channel bandwidth MB20 Only bursts with a channel bandwidth of 20MHzare analyzed MB40 Only bursts with a channel bandwidth of 40MHzare analyzed DB20 All bursts are analyzed according to a channel bandwidth of 20MHz DB40 All bursts are analyzed according to a channel bandwidth of 40MHz RST
154. e Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel RESult This command queries the result of the limit check for the upper lower adjacent channel when adjacent channel power measurement is performed If the power measurement of the adjacent channel is switched off the command produces a query error Suffix lt n gt Selects the measurement window lt k gt irrelevant Return values Result The result is returned in the form lt result gt result where result PASSED FAILED and where the first returned value denotes the lower the second denotes the upper adjacent channel PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 116 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example CALC LIM ACP ACH 30DB 30DB Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB below the channel power CALC LIM ACP ACH ABS 35DBM 35DBM Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 35 dB CALC LIM ACP ON Switches on globally the limit check for the channel adjacent chan nel measurement CALC LIM ACP ACH STAT ON Switches on the limit check for the adjacent channels INIT WAI Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end CALC LIM ACP ACH RES Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels
155. e 159 E Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 61 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n PVT Opens the PVT submenu to select the Power vs Time measurement results The PVT result displays show the minimum average and maximum levels measured over the full range of the measured input data or over complete bursts displayed within the gating lines if gating is switched on The results are displayed as a single burst Using screen B in full screen provides additional power information during this measurement For IEEE 802 11b and g single carrier the PVT results are displayed as percentage values of the reference power The reference can be set to either the max or mean power of the burst For both rising and falling edges two time lines are displayed which mark the points 10 and 90 of the reference power The time between these two points is compared against the limits specified for the rising and falling edges For further details see also chapter 3 8 3 Rise Fall Time Measurement on page 47 SCPI commana NFi oure BURS e on page 142 Full Burst IEEE 802 11a g j amp n OFDM PVT Displays the PVT results in a single graph with all burst data being displayed Spectrum Analyzer R amp S FSV K91 Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11a J Settings equency 2 Sig Se 22 xternal Att d 1 dBm Att 0 dB Ref Level 12 1 d
156. e Capture Buffer Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Factor gt Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode CALC MARK FUNC ZOOM 3 WAI Activates zooming and waits for its end Mode WLAN 5 6 CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n The CONFigure subsystem contains commands for configuring complex measurement tasks The CONFigure subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the FETCH sub system where the measurement results are queried CONFigure BURSt CONStellation CARRier SELect sese 140 CONFigure BURSt CONStellation CCARrier IMMediate eese 141 CONFloure BURG CONSiellatton CSvMbolt MMedlatel ee eeoeosnre ner eeerernee nene 141 CONFloure BURGCEVM EC Arer IMMediatel A 141 CONFloure BURGCEVMESvMbolt MMediatel rer eretororernsnnnnenene 141 CONFloure BURG bb ambiet MMedatel 141 CONFigure BURStPREamble SELeet eiie eie ete a didi ee deanlececne ees 142 CONFloure BURGCPVTTIMMedatel eeesisssssseseseeeese teen nnnm nn ns 142 CONFigure BURSEPVT IAVERGAGe aene Ete eue ark dcede cab eMde Te enabled uc ae Pag ond dear SUM Nue SEE 142 GONFig re BURSEPVT RPOWIGE aee isinsin tator EEA ove acne Tea ge ede ed 142 EE Le BURSUPVTISELBGL upto ee e Ren aee erede pate a naa 143 CONFloure BURG GP Cirum ACHT MMedlatel A 143 CONFigure BURSESPEGtr m FF T IMMadUiale cunc ean Eed AEN 143 CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum FLATness IMMediate
157. e IQ Offset error limit Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default unit dB Example CALC LIM BURS IQOF 10 0 Average IQ Off set error limit is set to 10 0 dB Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt IQOFfset AVERage RESult This command returns the average IQ Offset error limit result Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC LIM BURS IQOF RES Average IQ Offset error limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt QOFfset MAXimum Value This command sets the maximum IQ Offset error limit Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt Range 1000000 to 1000000 Default unit dB Example CALC LIM BURS IQOF MAX 15 0 Maximum IQ Off set error limit is set to 15 0 dB Mode WLAN PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 126 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n gS I M CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt QOFfset MAXimum RESult This command returns the maximum IQ Offset error limit result Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC LIM BURS IQOF MAX RES Maximum IQ Offset error limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt SYMBolerror AVERage Value This command sets the average symbol error limit
158. e IQ data file you want to import and press ENTER The extension of data files is iqw This function is not available while a measurement is running SCPI command MMEMory LOAD IQ STATe on page 170 Export PVT Opens the Choose the file to export dialog box Enter the path and the name of the UO data file you want to export and press ENTER The extension of data files is iqw If the file cannot be created or if there is no valid UO data to export an error message is displayed This function is not available while a measurement is running SCPI command MMEMory STORe IQ STATe on page 171 D Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 65 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n R amp S Support PVT Stores useful information for troubleshooting in case of errors This data is stored in the C R_S Instr user Support directory on the instrument If you contact the Rohde amp Schwarz support to get help for a certain problem send these files to the support in order to identify and solve the problem faster EVM Constell Opens a submenu to select the error vector magnitude EVM or the constellation result displays Settings General Demod EVM Constell See Settings General Demod on page 61 Display List Graph EVM Constell See Display List Graph on page 61 EVM vs Symbol Carrier EVM Constell Selects the EVM
159. e aim det odeR states 164 ETC HEES begeestert Ee ee eene Lade 164 ale CB ele d Tu lu KEE 164 FETCHIBURSEGIMBalanCeAVERAGG E 164 FETCh BURSEGIMBalance MAXIIII E 164 FETCh BURSEGIMBalance MINIImurg aai in etian nene ann caede nanc eR darn anu qid nana 164 FETCh BURSEIOOFISeEAVERSge eee ee neenon e bo esass ok nn ENEE sega Repo NEES 164 FEIGIBURSEICGOFISSEMAXIRUNY ees ee tei and en ttn Rn dire xh Ee Ped eR VERE 164 FETCHBURSKIOQOFI et MINIMUM EE 164 FETGCHIBURSEPAYLosd EEN 164 ai KN RE EE 165 EEGEN ENEE 165 FETCHBURSEQUADofiseL AVERAUe 2 eu citt iaaa ENRE Eara i EENE i 165 FETCh BURGrOUAfDoftser MAvimum 165 FETCH BURSEQUADOTISSE MINIMUM 40 165 a EE RE 165 a Bee E EE d EE 165 FERGIBURSERMS MIINITTI c tatus dae eed rn e aea dau acd qvac a adde AA 165 FETIChBURSESYMBolerror3AVERAge acotree teet bet EENS Ee ae 166 FETCHBURSESYMBoletror Tu KEE 166 FETCh BURG SvMolerror MiNmmum ninina ridaiidiandaiauniiiiann inna 166 FETCH BURSETPALEAV BRAGG EE 166 FETChiBURSIEBPALBEMASSIBIUNER 1 022 11 carcer e ea Rao cr NEE 166 FETCHIBURSE HE GEET Reser dea raura cato tr n rtr nere aon rrr Enn rr See 166 FEICh BURSETRISG AVERAGGOT tecti epe aa xeu aaa eun RR READ a a dex a aaa 166 a K KE E rn EE 166 as BS ee e A Meel KEE 166 Fe TCs TIMI COUN oat EA 166 FETCh BURSt ALL This command returns all the results The results are output as a list of result strings separated by commas in ASCII format For details o
160. e in order to take part in analysis Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example DEM FORM BAN SYM EQU ON Only bursts of equal length will take part in analysis Mode WLAN Ege L E ERE pp ln mE REE 1 Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 181 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n SEENEN EC CM RM DS MN CNN NR SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols MAX lt NumberDataSymbols gt This command specifies the maximum number of data symbols required for bursts to qualify for measurement analysis Only bursts with the specified number of symbols will be used in the measurement analysis The number of data symbols is defined as the uncoded bits including service and tail bits This value will not have any immediate effect if the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols EQUal command has been set to true as in this case no range of symbols is allowed and only bursts with exactly the number of symbols specified by the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols MIN command shall take place in measurement analysis Parameters NumberDataSymbolsRST 64 Example DEM FORM BAN SYM MAX 1300 Only bursts which contain a maximum symbol count of 1300 are analyzed Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols MIN lt NumberDataSymbols gt This command specifies the number of data symbols requi
161. e is displayed e Spectrum ACP ACPR if Max Hold trace is displayed Suffix n 1 4 window Parameters lt TraceNo gt Trace number to be assigned to the marker RST 1 Example CALC2 MARK TRAC 2 Assigns marker 1 in screen B to trace 2 Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt X Position This command positions the selected marker to the indicated inphase Constellation vs Symbol frequency Spectrum FFT Spectrum Mask Spectrum APCR time Magnitude Capture Buffer Auto level PVT Full Burst PVT Rising Falling power CCDF sub carrier Constellation vs Carrier EVM vs Carrier Spectrum Flatness or symbol EVM vs Symbol in the selected measurement window This command is query only for the following result displays e Constellation vs Symbol e Constellation vs Carrier SSS eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 136 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n ee SN CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Suffix lt n gt 1 4 window Parameters lt Position gt 1 to lt maximum range for selected measurement gt Example CALC MARK X 2ms Positions marker 1 in screen A to time 2ms Mode WLAN OFDMA WiBro CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt Y Position This command positions the selected marker to the indicated quadrature Constellation vs Symbol magnitude of or Q Constellation vs Carrier EVM EVM vs Carrier or abs Spectrum Fl
162. e lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt MINimum on page 135 MKR gt Trace Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of the trace on which the marker is to be placed This softkey is available for all result displays with more than one trace SCPI command CALCulate n MARKer 1 TRACe on page 136 Softkeys of the Lines Menu LINES key R amp S FSV K91 91n The following table shows all softkeys available in the Lines menu in WLAN mode LINES key It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys If a softkey is only available with a special option model or measurement mode this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description This menu is only available if the results are displayed in form of a list for details see chapter 3 9 2 Result Summary List on page 51 and the Display Graph List softkey Display List Graph on page 61 Default e d EE 107 Be IL M DET 107 Default Current Resets all limits for the current modulation scheme to the values specified in the selected standard SCPI command chapter 5 4 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 115 Default All Resets all limits for all modulation schemes to the values specified in the selected stand ard SCPI command chapter 5 4 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 115 Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for WLAN Measure ments The following chapter describ
163. easurement analysis Parameters lt NumberDataBytes gt RST 1 Example DEM FORM BAN DBYTes MIN 16 Only bursts which contain 16 data bytes are analyzed Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation EQUal lt State gt When this command is set to ON then only bursts of equal length will take part in the PVT analysis When this command is set to true the value specified by the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation MIN on page 181 command specifies the duration that a burst must last in order to take part in measurement analysis Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example DEM BAN DUR EQU ON Only bursts of equal length will take part in the measurement analysis Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation MAX Duration This command specifies the maximum duration in microseconds required for bursts to qualify for measurement analysis Only bursts with the specified duration will be used in the measurement analysis nap uL E A n s Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 180 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n This value will not have any immediate effect if the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation EQUal on page 180 command has been set to true as in this case no range of durations is allowed and only burs
164. ed 6 LIMit FAIL This bit is set if the PVT Rising Edge max limit is violated 7 LIMit FAIL This bit is set if the PVT Rising Edge mean limit is violated 8 LIMit FAIL This bit is set if the PVT Falling Edge max limit is violated 9 LIMit FAIL This bit is set if the PVT Falling Edge mean limit is violated 10 14 These bits are not used 15 This bit is always 0 5 19 4 STATus QUEStionable SYNC Register This register contains all information about sync and bursts not found and about pre measurement results exceeding or falling short of expected values It can be read using the commands STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition and STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt Table 5 8 Meaning of the bits used in the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register Bit No Meaning 0 BURSt not found This bit is set if an IQ measurement is performed and no bursts are detected 1 This bit is not used 2 No bursts of REQuired type This bit is set if an IQ measurement is performed and no bursts of the specified type are detected 3 GATE length too small This bit is set if gating is used in a measurement and the gate length is not set sufficiently large enough 4 BURSt count too small This bit is set if a PVT measurement is performed with gating active and there is not at least 1 burst within the gate lines 5 Auto level OVERIoad This bit is set if a signal overload is detected when
165. eedeneceeeneetesenccaaentesseacesasaenecececeqanesseseceaeaeetensaes 202 5 16 14 Frequency Sweep Measuremente eene 203 5 16 14 1 Spectrum Mask 203 5 16 15 Spectrum AC RR een nter hb o ent ae Y ERE OO ERE EXHI Y SHE KE I YER ME d c 203 5 16 1 Commands of the TRACe Subsystem TRACeBDATAI attesa tact eccl a tei erc db acu ed ra p a D da ed d cad 196 TRAC CIO SRA EE 197 TRACe IQ DATA MEMOSY ccceccecceccneaeeenseeeneneneneceseaeaeaaaaeaeasenseeneseseaeaeauageneneaeaeeeenens 197 TRACe DATA lt ResultType gt This command returns all the measured data that relates to the currently selected mea surement type All results are returned in ASCII format The returned data depends on the currently selected measurement type DISPlay FORMat is not supported with this command The following measurement types are available chapter 5 16 2 1 Constellation vs Symbol on page 198 chapter 5 16 2 2 Constellation vs Carrier on page 198 e chapter 5 16 3 Power vs Time Full Burst and Rising Falling Data on page 198 chapter 5 16 4 Spectrum Flatness on page 199 chapter 5 16 7 Spectrum FFT on page 201 e chapter 5 16 8 Statistics Bitstream Data on page 201 chapter 5 16 9 Statistics CCDF Complementary Cumulative Distribution Func tion on page 201 e chapter 5 16 10 Statistics Signal Field Data on page 201 chapter 5 16 11 EVM vs Carrier on page 202 chapter 5 16 12 EVM vs Symbol on
166. eeee sees eeaeeteaeeeeeseaeeeeaeeseeeseeeseeesenees 154 CONFigure WLEAN STBC AUTO TYPE 2 2 ettet agile edet ec egg ative ee ei Peso e ease aided b gs 155 DIS Play2R ORM ece geet 155 RIEGERT ER BEE 156 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TABLe DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe AUTO ssssessseseeeenenen nennen nnne 156 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe st Y SCALe PDlVision essen eene 157 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe st Y SCALe RLEVel IQ eeseeseeeeeeeenneene enne 158 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet essere 159 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe t Y SCALe RLEVel essen eene 157 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe RLEVel RF 158 EES BURSA ties H HH 161 FETCh BURSt BERPilot DATA AVERage sess eene nne rnit tnit 162 FETCh BURSt BERPilot DATA MAXiIMUM 0 cece cere cence eee nennen nnne nenetnrs sers etes drinnen tes nnn sen 162 FETCh BURSt BERPilot DATA MINimum esses rennen tenente trennen enne 162 F SCH EH puppe E 162 FETCh BURSt CRESt MAXimum 162 FETOCHBURGCCHREGC MiNImum nnne neret nreetnrseh rennen aia teres aaa 162 FEICIE B URSECRESIEAVER396 et n eps het edet repe tate ag eebe e e EE ee eed a 162 FETGR BURSEEVM ALEAVERAaQSGT net
167. eeeeeeseeeeeeseeeneenees 13 Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application eese 21 Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application eese 29 802 11b RF Carrier Suppression ASSEN EEN EEEEEE REENEN 35 IEEE 802 111 MIMO Measurements eese 36 Signal Field Measurement IEEE 802 n SISO MIMO cccccccsesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseenees 37 Measurement Result TyPe S cceecceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeseeseseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeseeesseeneets 41 Measurement Settings and Result Displays eene 47 Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n R 59 Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n eese 60 General Settings Dialog Box K91 esee nennen 83 Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 seeeseeeeeeeneennnnn nen 92 Softkeys of the Sweep Menu SWEEP key R amp S FSV K91 91n 104 Softkeys of the Trace Menu TRAC key R amp S FSV K91 91n 105 Softkeys of the Marker Menu MKR key R amp S FSV K91 91n 105 Softkeys of the Marker To Menu MKR key R amp S FSV K91 91n 106 Softkeys of the Lines Menu LINES key R amp S FSV K91 91n 107
168. een 151 CONFloure WAN OGPADDbess cece eaea ee eae aaa hh nen en nennen nsns sitit aree nnne nennen 152 CONFigure WLAN OSP dl e DEE 152 CONFigure WLAN PAYlIoad EENgtIiSRO eiecti daweeeteitiedi ace 152 CON Figure WLAN PVEREIGEMERANGS cc cnscedsecedtssasendedscnndiacddeannuaiedevestaeupeccadvanntsecnateanes 152 Eli Lee HERE de e ET 153 CONFigure WLAN SMAPbpingiMODE ir cided ie ree tea niet nt ae 153 CONFloure WAN SMAboing NORMaltse 153 CONFloure WAN SMAbpning Net As 154 CONFigure WLAN SMAPping TX lt 1 4 gt STReamM lt 1 As 154 CONFloure WAN SMAbpoing xt As TlMesbit ncini iniaiaiai 154 CONFiSure WLANISTBEUAUTQETYBE niue terree une ut o ua abun e Ince c neuen 155 CONFigure BURSt CONStellation CARRier SELect Mode This remote control command is only available when Constellation vs Symbol measure ment is selected When the Constellation versus Symbol measurement is initiated it will calculate the results of the selected carrier Parameters Mode 26 to 26 ALL PILOTS RST ALL Example CONF BURS CONS CARR SEL 26 Carrier 26 is selected CONF BURS CONS CARR SEL 10 Carrier 10 is selected CONF BURS CONS CARR SEL ALL All carriers are selected CONF BURS CONS CARR SEL PIL Pilots only R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem c MM M Se SS ae eee CONFigure Subsystem WLAN
169. ency A limit line representing the spectrum mask specified for the selected standard is displayed and an overall pass fail status is displayed for the obtained results against this limit line The number of sweeps is set in the General Settings dialog box Sweep Count field If the measurement is performed over multiple sweeps both a max hold trace and an aver age trace are displayed Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 74 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys 100 kHz e 1 of 1 Screen A Spectrum Mask SCPI command CONFigure BURSt SPI 10 MHz div of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n ECtrum MASK IMMediate on page 144 CONFigure BURSt SPl ECtrum MASK Sl Spectrum FFT Spectrum Sets the Spectrum FFT r esult display ELect on page 145 This result display shows the Power vs Frequency results obtained from a FFT performed over the range of data in the Magnitude Capture Buffer which lies within the gate lines Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 75 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n Spectrum Analyzer Display List Spectrum Flatness Spectrum Spectrum FFT Spectrum SCPI command CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum FFT IMMediate on page 143 Spectrum ACPR IEEE 802 11a g n OFDM Turbo Mode Spectrum A
170. endix 2 LAN Interface Operating Manuals The Operating Manuals are a supplement to the Quick Start Guide Operating Manuals are provided for the base unit and each additional software option The Operating Manual for the base unit provides basic information on operating the ana lyzer in general and the Spectrum mode in particular Furthermore the software options that enhance the basic functionality for various measurement modes are described here The set of measurement examples in the Quick Start Guide is expanded by more advanced measurement examples In addition to the brief introduction to remote control in the Quick Start Guide a description of the basic analyzer commands and programming examples is given Information on maintenance instrument interfaces and error mes sages is also provided Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 5 R amp S FSV K91 91n Preface gS eE C AC vne Documentation Overview In the individual option manuals the specific instrument functions of the option are described in detail For additional information on default settings and parameters refer to the data sheets Basic information on operating the analyzer is not included in the option manuals The following Operating Manuals are available for the analyzer e analyzer base unit in addition R amp S FSV K7S Stereo FM Meas
171. ength of 9 dBm Mode WLAN SaaS SSS E e e y e NN E i LLLI dt Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 146 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure POWer EXPected IQ Level This remote control command is used to specify the mean power level of the source signal as supplied to the optional Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSV B17 This value will be overwritten if Auto Level is turned on Parameters Level Example CONF POW EXP IQ 9 MV Assumes an input signal strength of 9 mV Mode WLAN CONFigure STANdard Standard This remote control command specifies which Wireless LAN standard the option is con figured to measure For details on supported standards see chapter 3 1 Introduction to WLAN 802 114 B G J amp N TX Tests on page 12 Parameters Standard 0 112 3 4 6 7 0 IEEE 802 11a 1 IEEE 802 11b 2 IEEE 802 11 10 MHz 3 IEEE 802 11j 20 MHz 4 IEEE 802 11g 5 Turbo 6 IEEE 802 11n 7 IEEE 802 11n MIMO RST 0 Example CONF STAN 0 Selects the IEEE 802 11a standard for the measurement Mode WLAN Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 147 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n eS M M M M ee eee CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure WLAN ANTMatrix ADDRess lt RecPath gt
172. er 4 5 Softkeys of the Trace Menu TRAC key R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 105 e chapter 4 9 Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for WLAN Measurements on page 107 The Span Bandwidth Marker Function and Auto Set menus are not available in the WLAN mode The FREQ AMPT and TRIG keys open the General Settings or the Demod Set tings dialog box For details refer to the Settings General Demod on page 61 softkey description WLAN menu To display help to a softkey press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display help To close the help window press the ESC key For further information refer to chapter 1 3 How to Use the Help System on page 8 Further information This chapter provides further information about the measurements and result displays for R amp S FSV K91 91n application Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n e seeeeneenee 60 General Settings Dialog Box K91 eeeseeesseeeeeeneeenennneennnennn nns 83 ENEE E 84 AdvanGed Ec t 87 STC MIMO Settings IEEE 802 11n MIMO only 89 SS si Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 59 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 4 3 4 3 1 4 3 2 4 3 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 4 1 Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 es
173. es all softkeys available in the Input Output menu for WLAN measurements PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 107 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem M MM P M SS SS Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for WLAN Measurements Note that the digital baseband functions are only available if the optional Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSV B17 is installed For details see the base unit description 21 P ea ee 108 gi o0 MENT 108 E io 0 RENNES 108 Mc E 108 L Firmware Update 108 e 1 0 05 NN 108 erii MERO ENNIO MI 109 EXIQ Opens a configuration dialog box for an optionally connected R amp S EX IQ BOX and a submenu to access the main settings quickly If the optional R amp S DiglConf software is installed the submenu consists only of one key to access the software Note that R amp S DiglConf requires a USB connection not LAN from the analyzer to the R amp S EX IQ BOX in addition to the R amp S Digital UO Interface connection R amp S DiglConf version 2 10 or higher is required For typical applications of the R amp S EX IQ BOX see also the description of the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 in the base unit manual For details on configuration see the R amp SGEx UO Box External Signal Interface Module Manual For details on install
174. etween the trigger signal and the start of the sweep A negative value indicates a pre trigger This field is not available in the Free Run trigger mode SCPI command TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff on page 204 Trigger Holdoff Defines the value for the trigger holdoff The holdoff value in s is the time which must pass before triggering in case another trigger event happens This softkey is only available if IFPower RF Power or BBPower is the selected trig ger source SCPI command TRIGger cn SEQuence IFPower HOLDoff on page 204 Trigger Hysteresis Defines the value for the trigger hysteresis for IF power or RF Power trigger sources The hysteresis in dB is the value the input signal must stay below the power trigger level in order to allow a trigger to start the measurement The range of the value is between 3 dB and 50 dB with a step width of 1 dB SCPI command TRIGger n SEQuence IFPower HYSTeresis on page 204 necp uL P E A C ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 86 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n General Settings Dialog Box K91 Ext Trigger Lvl Specifies the external trigger level if trigger mode External is used SCPI command TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence LEVel EXTernal on page 205 Power Level Specifies the trigger level if one of the Power trigger mo
175. fers to the remote control commands associated with each softkey function chapter 5 Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 110 Describes all remote control commands defined for the power meter measurement This part of the documentation includes only functions of the Application Firmware R amp S FSV K91 91n For all other descriptions please refer to the description of the base unit eS ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 10 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 3 1 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 3 4 3 4 1 3 4 2 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 8 1 3 8 2 3 8 3 3 9 3 9 1 3 9 2 3 9 3 3 9 4 3 9 5 WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n The R amp S FSV K91 91n application extends the functionality of the analyzer signal ana lyzer to enable wireless LAN TX measurements in accordance with IEEE standards 802 11 a b g j amp n R amp S FSV K91 91n The following topics are described in this section Introduction to WLAN 802 11A B G J amp N TX Tests 12 Basic Measurement Examples eseeeseeeseeseeseesseee eene nennt nennen nnn 13 Setting Up the Measurement eene rennen nnns 13 Performing the Main Measurement emm emen 14 Setting up a MIMO measurement eene nnne 14 Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application eese 21 Understanding Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 112 Applica
176. fficients of the transmitter filter to increase the estimation quality Once the transmitter filter is known all other unknown signal parameters are estimated with a maximum likelihood based estimation which minimizes the cost function N 1 i gt v 0 ace m 2 r v Z x e TI xe 8i Xs v JEo XSg v Ago x sg v 0 jo 18 3 10 where o the variation parameters of the gain used in the I Q branch 425 the crosstalk factor of the Q branch into the I branch S V Soll the filtered reference signal of the I Q branch The unknown signal parameters are estimated in a joint estimation process to increase the accuracy of the estimates The accurate estimates of the frequency offset the IQ imbalance the quadrature mis match and the normalized IQ offset are displayed by the measurement software The IQ imbalance is the quotient of the estimates of the gain factor of the Q branch the crosstalk factor and the gain factor of the I branch SSS ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 32 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application Bot Agp E IQ imbalance 19 3 11 The quadrature mismatch is a measure for the crosstalk of the Q branch into the I branch Quadrature Mismatch ARGI atJ x Ag 20 3 12 The normalized IQ offset is defined as the magnitude of the IQ offset normalized by the magnitude of the refere
177. ffset with fixed amplitude This results in a constant shift of the IQ axes The offset is normalized by the mean symbol power and displayed in dB Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 41 Measurement Result Types 3 8 1 2 Gain Imbalance An ideal UO modulator amplifies the and Q signal path by exactly the same degree The imbalance corresponds to the difference in amplification of the and Q channel and therefore to the difference in amplitude of the signal components In the vector diagram the length of the vector changes relative to the length of the Q vector The entry is displayed in dB and where 1 dB offset is roughly 12 according to the following Imbalance dB 20log GainQ Gainl Positive values mean that the Q vector is amplified more than the vector by the corre sponding percentage Measurement Result Types Negative values mean that the vector is amplified more than the Q vector by the corre sponding percentage 3 8 1 3 Quadrature Error An ideal UO modulator sets the phase angle to exactly 90 degrees With a quadrature error the phase angle between the and Q vector deviates from the ideal 90 degrees the amplitudes of both components are of the same size In the vector diagram the quadrature error causes the coordinate system to shift A positive quadrature error means a phase angle greater than 90 degrees Measurement Result Types A negative quadrature error means a
178. for missing values or unneces sary values are deleted Parameters lt Value gt Example CALC LIM2 CONT 1MHz 30MHz 100MHz 300MHz 1GHz Defines 5 reference values for the X axis of limit line 2 CALC LIM2 CONT Outputs the reference values for the X axis of limit line 2 separated by acomma Mode WLAN SaaS ee eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 130 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt FAIL This command queries the result of a limit check Note that for SEM measurements the limit line suffix lt k gt is irrelevant as only one specific SEM limit line is checked for the currently relevant power class To get a valid result you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result This is only possible for single sweeps Suffix n irrelevant lt k gt limit line For option WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n see table below Return values lt Result gt 0 PASS 1 FAIL Example INIT WAI Starts a new sweep and waits for its end CALC LIM3 FAIL Queries the result of the check for limit line 3 Usage Query only For option WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n the numeric suffix lt k gt specifies the limit lines as follows Suffix Limit 1to2 The
179. format These trace points are obtained directly from the base system via the measurement API and the quantity is therefore a fixed value Only an array of Y data is returned Supported data formats see FORMat DATA on page 167 ASCii REAL TRACE1 Clear write values TRACE2 Max hold values LIST Spectrum Emission Mask SEM summary results Table 5 4 SEM summary results formats 1st value Index into table of results 1 50 2nd value Start frequency band Hz 3rd value Stop frequency band Hz 4th value RBW Hz 5th value Limit fail frequency Hz 6th value Power absolute dBm 7th value Power relative dBc 8th value Limit distance dB 9th value Failure flag 1 fail O pass 5 16 15 Spectrum ACPR Result data is returned as 625 trace points in floating point format These trace points are obtained directly from the base system via the measurement API and the quantity is therefore a fixed value Only an array of Y data is returned TRACE 1 is used for these measurement results Supported data formats see FORMat DATA on page 167 ASCii REAL TRACE1 Clear write values TRACE2 Max hold values Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 203 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n TRIGger Subsystem WLAN K91 91N 5 17 TRIGger Subsystem WLAN K91 91N The trigger subsystem is used to synchronize device action s with events TRiGgEer ER er e ET
180. format in dBm TRACE1 is used for these measurement results Statistics Bitstream Data Data is returned depending on the selected standard from which the measurement was executed e Forthe IEEE 802 11a j amp n standard data is returned in repeating groups of 52 data channels or 56 channels within the n standard where each symbol value is repre sented by an integer value within one byte Channel 0 is unused and therefore does not have any data associated with it with no return data being provided e Forthe IEEE 802 11b standard the data is returned iin burst order Each burst is represented as a series of bytes For each burst the first 9 or 18 bytes represent the PLCP preamble for short and long burst types respectively The next 6 bytes repre sent the PLCP header The remaining bytes represent the PSDU Data is returned in ASCII printable hexadecimal character format TRACE1 is used for these mea surement results Supported data formats see FORMat DATA on page 167 ASCii UINT Statistics CCDF Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function Up to a maximum of 201 data points is returned in addition to a data count value The first value in the return data represents the quantity of probability values that follow Each of the potential 201 data points is returned as probability value and represents the total number of samples that are equal to or exceed the corresponding power level Probability data is returned up to the p
181. fset Shows the IQ offset of the signal in dB This is the IQ offset magnitude relative to the RMS magnitude at the chip timing e Gain Imbalance see on page 52 e Quadrature Error see on page 52 e Center Frequency Error Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 54 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 3 9 2 3 Measurement Settings and Result Displays see chapter 3 9 2 1 Result display for measurements on OFDM signals on page 52 Chip Clock Error IEEE802 11b g see Symbol Clock Error in chapter 3 9 2 1 Result display for measurements on OFDM signals on page 52 Rise Time IEEE802 11b g Shows the rise time of the pulsed signal in us This is the time period the signal needs to increase its power level from 10 to 90 of the maximum resp the average power depending on the reference power setting For better orientation the table also shows the corresponding limits specified in the standard Fall Time IEEE802 11b g Shows the fall time of the pulsed signal in us This is the time period the signal needs to decrease its power level from 9096 to 1096 of the maximum resp the average power depending on the reference power setting For better orientation the table also shows the corresponding limits specified in the standard Mean Power IEEE802 11b g Shows the mean burst power in dBm Peak Power IEEE802 11b g Shows the maximum burst power in dBm Crest Factor Rise Time IEEE8
182. gs Dialog Box K91 e Auto Specifies the default filter e DefRecieve default receive filter e DefTransimt default transmit filter See also chapter 3 4 Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application on page 29 SCPI command SENSe DEMod FILTer MODulation on page 177 Receive Filter Specifies the receive filter to be used The settings provided by default are e Auto Specifies the default filter e DefRecieve default receive filter e DefTransimt default transmit filter See also chapter 3 4 Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application on page 29 SCPI command SENSe DEMod FILTer MODulation on page 177 Equalizer Filter Len IEEE 802 11b g Specifies the length of the equalizer filter in chips SCPI command SENSe DEMod FILTer EFLength on page 176 FFT Start Offset IEEE 802 11a g j This command specifies the FFT start offset AUTO The FFT start offset is automatically chosen to minimize the intersymbol interference Guard Interval Guard Interval Center The FFT start offset is placed to the center of Cntr the guard interval Peak The peak of the fine timing metric is used to determine the FFT start offset SCPI command SENSe DEMod FFT OFFSet on page 176 Advanced Demod Settings IEEE 802 11n MIMO only The Advanced Demod settings allow you to specify the bursts to be analyzed It also provides settings to adapt the synchron
183. id for IEEE 802 11n and IEEE 802 11n MIMO Parameters lt CSelect gt EFFective Effective channel PHYSical Physical channel Example CONF BURS SPEC FLAT SEL PHY Flatness measurement channel is configured as Physical CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum FLATness SELect lt MeasType gt This remote control command configures the Spectrum Flatness measurement type This command is only valid for IEEE 802 11n and IEEE 802 11n MIMO Parameters lt MeasType gt FLATness Spectrum Flatness results GRDelay Spectrum Flatness Group Delay results Example CONF BURS SPEC FLAT SEL GRD Flatness measurement type is configured as Spectrum Flatness Group Delay CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum MASK IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Spectrum Mask After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the INT Tiate lt n gt IMMediate command Example CONF BURS SPEC MASK Configures the Spectrum Mask measurement type Mode WLAN ES Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 144 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n a I ENEE CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum MASK SELect lt Mode gt This remote control configures the interpretation of the Spectrum Mask measurement results This command is only available for IEEE 802 11a Parame
184. ifies the modulation of the bursts to be analyzed Only bursts using the selected modulation are considered in measurement analysis This option is only available if the Use Signal Field Content or the Use Header Content option is activated SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze on page 177 Demodulator IEEE 802 11a b g j Specifies the modulation to be applied to the measured data If the captured data uses a different modulation scheme than specified by this field the results will be of limited use This field is only available if the Signal Field Content or the Use Header Content option is deactivated SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze on page 177 Auto Guard Interval IEEE 802 11n SISO Specifies whether the Guard interval of the measured data should be automatically detected or not If enabled the Guard Interval is detected from the input signal If disabled the guard interval of the input signal can be specified with the Guard Inter val parameter SCPI command CONFigure WLAN GTIMe AUTO on page 149 Guard Interval IEEE 802 11n SISO Specifies the guard interval of the input signal When Auto Guard Interval is set to ON then Guard Interval is read only and displays the detected guard interval eae ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 95 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n peux ee EU UU UU M MM Se ae Demo
185. in blue font References References to other parts of the documentation are enclosed by quotation marks Conventions for Procedure Descriptions When describing how to operate the instrument several alternative methods may be available to perform the same task In this case the procedure using the touchscreen is described Any elements that can be activated by touching can also be clicked using an additionally connected mouse The alternative procedure using the keys on the instru ment or the on screen keyboard is only described if it deviates from the standard oper ating procedures The term select may refer to any of the described methods i e using a finger on the touchscreen a mouse pointer in the display or a key on the instrument or on a keyboard e Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 7 R amp S FSV K91 91n Preface EH How to Use the Help System 1 3 How to Use the Help System Calling context sensitive and general help gt To display the general help dialog box press the HELP key on the front panel The help dialog box View tab is displayed A topic containing information about the current menu or the currently opened dialog box and its function is displayed For standard Windows dialog boxes e g File Properties Print dialog etc no context sensitive help is available gt Ifthe help is alre
186. in screen A thus STAT QUES LIMI PTRis irrelevant Parameters Filter The sum of the decimal values of the event bits that are to be enabled Range 0 to 65535 Example STAT QUES LIM PTR 65535 All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occurs Usage Query only SCPI confirmed Mode WLAN TRACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instrument s internal trace memory Commands of the TRACe Gubsvetem eene nnne 196 Heat 197 Constellation vs Symbol eene nnne ener enne 198 Constellation Ce 198 Power vs Time Full Burst and Rising Falling Data 198 eer ue Ein ee rn Re uten oit nean een anna ce Vena a he dua cep ako Re RUNE A RAN ER RUNE 199 Spectrum Flatness 11h ee etn tein tte iege ee hia Ree e rn A Rae Rex Rea REX Nene aE 200 Spectrum Group Delay 11n ssssssssssssssssseee eene nnne nnne 200 ees E L M 201 Statistics Bitstream Data 201 Statistics CCDF Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function 201 Statistics Signal Field Data 201 EV MVS Camels Um 202 SSS Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 195 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n TRACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n 5 16 12 EVM Vs Symbol sorrisi nete hein nra npa nee NEEN eL e EVER dn ade aateaeneeepestneesn 202 5 16 13 Error vs Prearmble cceccccseeeeeseecceeaee
187. information e The first line indicates the HT SIG field assigned to the corresponding bit sequence See IEEE Std 802 11n 2009 Figure 20 6 Format of HT SIG1 and HT SIG2 e The second line shows the R amp S FSV K91 parameters affecting which PPDUs take part in the analysis and which do not this functionality is referred as logical filter e The value inside the white rectangle indicates the current logical filter setting WLAN Spectrum Time 50 ms Data Symbols 1 1366 A Capture Memory dm Hu 5 0000 ms div zg v Standard PPDU MCS Index GI Burst 111 111 IEEE 802 11n MIMO Settings General Demod Display Graph Listi List2 CCDF EH gene Bitstream Att El 0 00 0 00 dB Signal Field 50 0000 ms 00101110 00x01110100 0101110 00x01110100 00x01110100 Measurement Complete Fig 3 6 FSV K91 Enhanced Signal Field measurement Measurement settings xT 62 09 2011 e 16 09 31 The settings for this measurement are defined in the Demod Settings for the IEEE 802 n standard and in the Advanced Demod Settings for the IEEE 802 n MIMO standard Note that for the IEEE 802 n standard the Use Signal Field Content setting must be activated for Signal Field measurements The following table indicates which PPDU properties are displayed in the result table of the Signal Field measurement and which R amp S FSV K91 settings are used to obtain these properties PPDU P
188. ing length to the desired value This command is only valid when the selected standard is IEEE 802 11b Parameters Value Example CONF BURS PVT AVER 31 Configures the burst power average length of 31 Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt PVT RPOWer Mode This remote control command configures the use of either mean or maximum burst power as a reference power for the 802 11b PVT measurement Parameters Mode MEAN MAXimum Example CONF BURS PVT RPOW MEAN Configures to use mean burst power as a reference power H a Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 142 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt PVT SELect lt Mode gt This remote control configures how to interpret the Power vs Time measurement results Parameters lt Mode gt EDGE configures the measurement to be rising and falling edge FALL configures the measurement to be falling edge only IEEE 802 11b amp g CCK FULL configures the measurement to be full burst IEEE 802 11a j amp g OFDM amp n IEEE 802 11 Turbo Mode RISE configures the measurement to be rising edge only IEEE 802 11b amp g CCK Example CONF BURS PVT SEL FULL Interprets the measurement results as full burst Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum ACPR
189. int is returned in floating point format TRACE1 is used for these mea surement results Supported data formats see FORMat DATA on page 167 ASCii REAL 5 16 3 Power vs Time Full Burst and Rising Falling Data Both measurement results are again simply slightly different views of the same results data All complete bursts within the capture time are analyzed in three master bursts The three master bursts relate to the minimum maximum and average values across all complete E Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 198 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 16 4 TRACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n bursts This data is returned in dBm values on a per sample basis Each sample relates to an analysis of each corresponding sample within each processed burst The type of PVT data returned is determined by the TRACE number passed as an argu ment to the SCPI command in addition to the graphic type that is selected If the graphic type selected is Full burst then the return data is as follows TRACE1 full burst minimum burst data values TRACE2 full burst mean burst data values TRACE3 full burst maximum burst data values If the graphic type selected is EDGe then the return data is as follows TRACE1 rising edge minimum burst data values TRACE2 rising edge mean burst data values TRACES rising edge maximum burst data values TRA
190. ion see Auto Demodulation IEEE 802 11n SISO on page 95 to use the content of the signal inherent field to detect the modulation type automatically 3 2 2 Performing the Main Measurement e Select single sweep measurements by pressing the RUN SINGLE hardkey e Select continuous measurements by pressing the RUN CONT hardkey During the measurement the status message Running is displayed Leveling is done automatically Measurement results are updated once the measurement has completed The results are displayed in graphical form The display can be toggled to a tabular list of mea surement points by pressing the Display softkey in the WLAN menu or Trace menu 3 2 3 Setting up a MIMO measurement For this example a 2 Tx MIMO DUT according to IEEE 802 11n is used 1 The MIMO DUT is connected to the analyzers according to the following setup e M R Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 14 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Basic Measurement Examples Trigger Signal RF Signal LAN Reference Signal 2 Connect the external reference REF OUT of the SMU with the external reference REF IN of the analyzers Switch on the external reference for both analyzers in the spectrum analyzer base system 3 Connect the marker output of the SMU with the EXT TRIGGER input of the
191. isation to the channel conditions This tab is only available if the standard IEEE 802 11n MIMO is selected Burst type to e 100 Channel Bandwidth to measeure nennen enne 100 MES E MOX OUE ELE 100 MOS MOK T ees 101 Guard Interval Length iret Re Ret ROI 101 SR e Em 101 ee eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 99 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n me MR M p Se a awe Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 Extension spatial streams sounding EE 102 Source of Paylesd Lengih 2i edt Oen e DR OPE 102 PPT cnin E 103 Burst type to measure Defines the burst types included in the analysis Auto same All bursts identical to the first recognized burst are analyzed type as first burst Auto individu All bursts are analyzed ally for each burst Meas only Only mixed mode bursts are analyzed Mixed Mode Meas only Only Greenfield mode bursts are analyzed Greenfield Demodallas All bursts are analyzed as Mixed Mode bursts Mixed Mode Demodallas All bursts are analyzed as Greenfield bursts Greenfield SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BTYPe AUTO TYPE on page 178 Channel Bandwidth to measure Defines the channel bandwidth of the bursts taking part in the analysis Auto same The channel bandwidth of
192. it identical bursts over time The signal field for example has to be identical for all bursts Otherwise manual data capture will not return reasonable measurement results For this MIMO method you must connect each Tx antenna of the WLAN DUT with the analyzer and start data capturing manually see Capture on page 92 The dialog box shows a preview of the 4 capture memories one for each RX antenna The bursts detected by the application are highlighted by the green bars SCPI command CONF WLAN MIMO CAPT TYP MAN CONF WLAN MIMO CAPT RX1 INIT IMM CALC BURS IMM Capture Manual Sequential MIMO Data Capture For each Rx antenna the contents of the capture memory are displayed Press the Capture button for the corresponding antenna to start a new data capture SCPI command INITiate lt n gt IMMediate on page 168 Analyze Manual Sequential MIMO Data Capture Calculates the results for the captured antenna signals SCPI command CALCulate lt n gt BURSt IMMediate on page 114 Clear Manual Sequential MIMO Data Capture Clears all the capture memory previews Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 In the Demod Settings dialog box the settings associated with the signal modulation can be modified The settings under Burst to Analyze specify the characteristics of the bursts to be considered in the measurement results Only the bursts which meet the criteria specified in this group will be included in measurement anal
193. l map between Rx Antennas and space time streams in the first step HT mixed format PPDU 1 4 Data HT LTFs Extension HT LTFs 4 us 1 Symbol 4 us 1 Symbol 1 Symbol 4us 1 Symbol 4 us 1 3Data HT LTFs Extension HT LTFs V v A v A v A v Bi d A v Bi v Bi 8 S 8 8 S S S ES ES ES ER ES ER ES ne ne ne at az nt az N N N kel Ke ke Fig 3 5 Possible results and Channel Representation effective physical The so estimated effective channel using HT LTF fields as described above can then be transformed into the physical channel map between Rx and Tx Antenna signals by applying the inverse mapping matrix Q Now it is clear that the physical channel can only be calculated if Q can be inverted For example this is not the case if the signal contains less space time streams than Tx antennas 3 7 Signal Field Measurement IEEE 802 n SISO MIMO For the IEEE 802 n SISO MIMO standard an enhanced Signal Field measurement is available with an improved result display and additional information For each analyzed PPDU of the signal the Signal Field measurement contains the HT SIG and HT SIG as a bit sequence Where appropriate this information is also provided in human readable form beneath the bits SSS Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 37 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n El Signal Field Measurement IEEE 802 n SISO MIMO The list header contains the following
194. l or edge by the external gate signal The gate opening time cannot be defined with the command SENSe SWEep EGATe LENGth TIME if level triggering is used The gate is closed when the gate signal disappears Parameters Mode LEVel EDGE RST EDGE Example SWE EGAT TYPE EDGE Sets the gate mode to EDGE Mode WLAN SENSe TRACking LEVel State This command defines whether or not the measurement results should be compensated for level Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example TRAC LEV ON Specifies that the measurement results should be compensated for level Mode WLAN SENSe TRACking PHASe lt State gt This command defines whether or not the measurement results should be compensated for phase SSS eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 190 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 15 STATus Subsystem WLAN K91 Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST ON Example TRAC PHAS ON Specifies that the measurement results should be compensated for phase Mode WLAN SENSe TRACking PlLots Mode This command configures how the pilots of the signal is determined Parameters Mode STANdard The pilot of the signal is determined as defined by the standard DETected The pilot is detected by estimation useful when the signal deviates from the standard RST STANdard Mode WLAN IE
195. l symbol field should be decoded Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BTRate lt BitRate gt The remote control command is used to specify the bit rate for IEEE 802 11b signals This command can be used as an alternative to SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze on page 177 The bit rate can be set as follows Parameters lt BitRate gt 10 20 55 110 10 1 Mbit s 20 2 Mbit s 55 5 5 Mbit s 110 11 Mbit s RST 10 Ambit Example DEM FORM BTR 20 Configures to demodulate 2 Mbit s signals Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat MCSIndex lt Index gt This command accesses the MCS Index which controls the rate and modulation and streams It is used as the offset in the available options as shown on control or MCS parameter tables see document IEEE P802 11n D11 0 June 2009 Parameters Index numeric value RST 1 Example SENS DEM FORM MCSI 1 selects MCS Index 1 BPSK 1 spatial stream Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat MCSIndex MODE Analysis This remote control command specifies how bursts are analyzed acoording to the MCS index See Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 183 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem c UU M M M M M ae eee SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters Analysis FBURst The MCS index of the first burst is detected and subsequent bur
196. lete capture period The number of repeating groups that are returned is equal to the number of measured symbols Each EVM value is returned as a floating point number expressed in units of dBm Supported data formats see FORMat DATA on page 167 ASCii REAL Table 5 2 IEEE 802 11a j amp n TRACE1 Minimum EVM values TRACE2 Mean EVM values TRACE3 Maximum EVM values Table 5 3 IEEE 802 11b TRACE1 EVM IEEE values TRACE2 EVM Direct values Error vs Preamble Three traces types are available with this measurement The basic trace types show either the minimum mean or maximum frequency or phase value as measured over the preamble part of the burst Supported data formats see FORMat DATA on page 167 ASCii REAL PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 202 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n TRACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n 5 16 14 Frequency Sweep Measurements Currently there is only one measurement that is performed in frequency sweep mode This is the Spectrum Mask measurement No data is returned for this measurement should it be requested until such a measurement has been previously run Running an IQ measurement does not generate results for this type of measurement 5 16 14 1 Spectrum Mask Result data is returned as 625 trace points in floating point
197. m Group Delay 11n There are two separate traces that are available with this measurement Trace data for a particular trace will only be returnable by querying the appropriate trace The graph shows the relative group delay graph which is plotted on a per carrier basis All 56 carriers are drawn in addition to the unused 0 carrier The group delay graph groups will allow all the data points to be returned as one trace and an average of all the channels as the other trace For example the return data will either be one single group of 57 carriers if the average trace is selected or a repeating group of 57 carriers if all the data is requested TRACE1 Group Delay All analyzed trains TRACE2 Group Delay Average trace Group delay results are returned in ns Supported data formats FORMat DATA ASCiiJREAL I Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 200 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 16 7 5 16 8 5 16 9 5 16 10 TRACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n Spectrum FFT All FFT points are returned if the data for this measurement is requested This is an exhaustive call due to the fact that there are nearly always more FFT points than IQ samples The number of FFT points is the number presented by a power of 2 thatis higher than the total number of samples E g if there were 20000 samples then 32768 FFT points would be returned Data is returned in floating point
198. mbol Carrier remote control K91 91n 141 lee 108 pg pee TE 65 Full Burst remote control K91 91n 143 Gating Settings On Off K91 91n General Settings remote control K91 91n 145 146 147 IF Power Retrigger Holdoff remote control 204 IF Power Retrigger Hysteresis remote control 204 IMPOM e HQ 65 Mech Atten Manual remote control 168 PLCP Header remote control K91 91n 145 PVT remote control K91 91n sssss 142 Ramp Up Down Up amp Down remote control K91 91n M C P 143 RF Atten Manual remote control Rising amp Falling remote control K91 91n Se Screen A B remote control K91 91n Settings General Demod remote control K91 91n Signal Field remote control K91 91n 145 Single Meas remote control ssssss Single Sweep remote control si Spectrum ACPR remote control K91 91n 143 Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 Spectrum FFT remote control K91 91n 143 Spectrum Flatness remote control K91 91n 144 Spectrum IEEE ETSI remote control K91 91n 145 Spectrum Mask remote control K91 91n 144 Sweep Time remote control
199. me 1 ms Standard IEEE 802 11n MIMO Frequency 2 4 GHz Data Symbols 1 1366 PPDU MCS Index GI Fs 80 MHz Samples 80001 Burst BR SGL TRG EXT v Streami Rx 2 Tx 2 Stream 2 Stream2 Unit Fig 3 14 MIMO result summary overview of 2 streams 3 9 3 Result Display Graph Additionally to the selected graphical result display the Magnitude Capture Buffer display is provided for all UO measurements The individual result displays are described with the corresponding softkey Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 56 d R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Measurement Settings and Result Displays The Magnitude Capture Buffer display shows the complete range of captured data for the last sweep All analyzed bursts are identified with a green bar at the bottom of the Magnitude Capture Buffer display If in the Demod Settings dialog box the Signal Field Content option is activated only bursts that match the required criteria are marked with a green bar see Signal Field Content IEEE 802 11a g OFDM j amp n SISO on page 93 Spectrum Analyzer Display Ref Level 12 1 dBrn ime 5 ms 000 Burst 18 18 rtememin SGL Gate O List Screen A Capture Buffer Spectrum IL SG Spectrum gt a Statistics Marker 1 Q 5 0382 I 3 0067 CII 14 30 15 Fig 3 15 Magnitude capture buffer results example e UO measurements All UO measurements process the
200. mea surement frequency to be re calculated PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 145 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters lt Channel gt RST 0 Example CONF CHAN 9 Specifies channel 9 as frequency measurement Mode WLAN CONFigure POWer AUTO lt Mode gt This remote control command is used to switch on or off automatic power level detection When switched on power level detection is performed at the start of each measurement sweep Parameters lt Mode gt ONCE ON OFF If this command is issued with the ONCE parameter then the auto level routine is performed immediately one time Example CONF POW AUTO ON Configures the automatic detection of the input power level Mode WLAN CONFigure POWer AUTO SWEep TIME Time This remote control command is used to specify the sweep time for the automatic power level detection Parameters Time numeric value in seconds RST 100ms Example CONF POW AUTO SWE TIME 200MS Configures a 200 ms sweep time for the auto level detection Mode WLAN CONFigure POWer EXPected RF Level This remote control command is used to specify the mean power level of the source signal as supplied to the Analyzer RF input This value will be overwritten if Auto Level is turned on Parameters Level Example CONF POW EXP RF 9 Assumes an input signal str
201. mple for each command the RST value and the SCPI information are included as well The options and operating modes for which a command can be used are indicated by the following abbreviations ES Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 111 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n BREET Notation Abbreviation Description A spectrum analysis A F spectrum analysis span gt 0 only frequency mode A T spectrum analysis zero span only time mode ADEMOD analog demodulation option R amp S FSV K7 BT Bluetooth option R amp S FSV K8 CDMA CDMA 2000 base station measurements option R amp S FSV K82 EVDO 1xEV DO base station analysis option R amp S FSV K84 GSM GSM Edge measurements option R amp S FSV K10 IQ IQ Analyzer mode OFDM WiMAX IEEE 802 16 OFDM measurements option R amp S FSV K93 OFDMA WiBro WiMAX IEEE 802 16e OFDMA WiBro measurements option R amp S FSV K93 NF Noise Figure measurements R amp S FSV K30 PHN Phase Noise measurements R amp S FSV K40 PSM Power Sensor measurements option R amp S FSV K9 RT Realtime mode SFM Stereo FM measurements optionR amp S FSV K7S SPECM Spectogram mode option R amp S FSV K14 TDS TD SCDMA base station UE measurements option R amp S FSV K76 K77 VSA Vector Signal Analysis option R amp S FSV K70 WCDMA 3GPP Base Station measurements option R amp S FSV K
202. n i e the delay from the start of the captured data in time or samples If the delay is specified in time the number of samples is updated accordingly and vice versa Length Amount of captured data to be used in results calculation If the length is specified in time the number of samples is updated accordingly and vice versa Mode Sets the type of triggering level or edge by the external gate signal Link Gate and If activated the position of the marker and the gate lines are linked The marker is positioned Mark half way between gate start and end The marker position alters when the gate is modified and the gate lines move with the marker when the marker position is altered The gate settings are defined for following measurements PVT Spectrum FFT CCDF Spectrum Mask Spectrum ACPR If a frequency sweep measurement is active Spectrum Mask and Spectrum ACP the result display is switched to the Magnitude Capture Buffer display in order to allow the gate to be set the correct part of the sweep SCPI command SWE EGAT ON SWE EGAT HOLD 125us SWE EGAT HOLD SAMP 2500 Delay SWE EGAT LENG 20ms SWE EGAT LENG SAMP 200000 Length SWE EGAT TYPE EDGE Mode SWE EGAT LINK ON Link Gate and Mark see SENSe SWEep EGATe LINK on page 189 Import PVT Opens the Choose the file to import dialog box Select th
203. n the table also shows the corresponding limits specified in the standard IQ Offset IEEE802 11a j g Shows the IQ offset of the signal in dB This is the transmitter center frequency leak age relative to overall transmitted power For better orientation the table also shows the corresponding limits specified in the standard Gain Imbalance IEEE802 11a j g Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 52 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Deeg Measurement Settings and Result Displays Shows the gain imbalance of the signal in as well as dB This is the amplification of the quadrature phase component of the signal relative to the in phase component e Quadrature Error IEEE802 11a j g Shows the quadrature error of the signal in degree This is the deviation of the quad rature phase angle from the ideal 90 e Frequency Error IEEE802 11a j g Shows the frequency error between the signal and the current center frequency of the R amp S analyzer The absolute frequency error is the sum of the frequency error of the R amp S analyzer and that of the DUT If possible the transmitter and the receiver should be synchronized For better orientation the table also shows the corresponding limits specified in the standard e Symbol Clock Error IEEE802 11a j g Shows the clock error between the signal and the sample clock of the R amp S analyzer in parts per million ppm For better orientation the table al
204. n the format refer to chapter 5 8 1 ASCII formats for returned values on page 159 The units for the EVM results are specified with the UNIT EVM command Example FETC BURS ALL All calculated results are returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Sg I DS MN CONO a FETCh Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n FETCh BURSt BERPilot DATA AVERage FETCh BURSt BERPilot DATA MAXimum FETCh BURSt BERPilot DATA MINimum This command returns the Burst Error Rate for PlLots average minimum or maximum value in for the IEEE 802 11n MIMO standard Example FETC BURS BERP DATA MAX Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt COUNt ALL This command returns the number of analyzed bursts Example FETC BURS COUN The analyzed number of bursts is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt CRESt AVERage FETCh BURSt CRESt MAXimum FETCh BURSt CRESt MINimum This command returns the average minimum or maximum determined CREST factor ratio of peak power to average power in dB Example FETC BURS CRES MAX The maximum calculated crest factor from the most recent mea surement is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh BURSt EVM IEEE AVERage FETCh BURSt EVM IEEE MAXimum FETCh BURSt EVM IEEE MINimum This command returns the error vector magnitude measurement results summary aver
205. nce measurement The following table lists exemplary the difference for three transmit filter shapes 0 5 db Transmit filter Q Offset dB RF Carrier Suppression dB Rectangular 11 dB Root raised cosine Q 0 3 10 dB Gaussian Q 0 3 9dB Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 35 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n IEEE 802 11n MIMO Measurements 3 6 IEEE 802 11n MIMO Measurements For measurements according to the IEEE 802 11n standard the analyzer can measure multiple data streams between multiple transmitters and multiple receivers MIMO mul tiple in multiple out To understand which results come from which part of the data flow it is sensible to have a look at the fundamental processing in transmitter and receiver The following figure shows the basic processing steps needed at the transmitter and the complementary blocks in reverse order applied at the receiver gt I Physical Chanel Hew R Hey y H OS Hes v Vectra Chamel Kar H Q Fig 3 3 Transmitter Receiver block diagram Especially of interest is the representation of specific results i e for which sections of the processing the results are shown Usually results are calculated according to particular signal processing steps in the transmitter except for the results Burst Power and Crest Factor which refer tor the receive antennas Sp
206. nce signal Wi 2 0 Oo ec IQ Offset 21 3 13 At this point of the signal processing all unknown signal parameters such as timing frequency phase IQ offset and IQ imbalance have been evaluated and the measure ment signal can be corrected accordingly Using the corrected measurement signal r v and the estimated reference signal v the modulation quality parameters can be calculated The mean error vector magnitude EVM is the quotient of the root mean square values of the error signal power and the reference signal power ua EVM v 0 AN Y soy v 0 22 3 14 Whereas the instant error vector magnitude is the momentary error signal magnitude normalized by the root mean square value of the reference signal power Ir s N 1 Y iso EVM v 23 3 15 In 2 a different algorithm is proposed to calculate the error vector magnitude In a first step the IQ offset in the I branch and the IQ offset of the Q branch are estimated sepa rately nau p uL c LC s Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 33 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application o S epathrc 24 3 16 5 F IMAG EG 25 3 17 where r v is the measurement signal which has been corrected with the estimates of the timing
207. ng Options Chapter 5 Documents Online Help The online help contains context specific help on operating the analyzer and all available options It describes both manual and remote operation The online help is installed on eee ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 6 R amp S FSV K91 91n Preface 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 Conventions Used in the Documentation the analyzer by default and is also available as an executable chm file on the CD deliv ered with the instrument Release Notes The release notes describe the installation of the firmware new and modified functions eliminated problems and last minute changes to the documentation The corresponding firmware version is indicated on the title page of the release notes The current release notes are provided in the Internet Conventions Used in the Documentation Typographical Conventions The following text markers are used throughout this documentation Convention Description Graphical user interface ele All names of graphical user interface elements on the screen such as dia ments log boxes menus options buttons and softkeys are enclosed by quota tion marks KEYS Key names are written in capital letters File names commands File names commands coding samples and screen output are distin program code guished by their font Input Input to be entered by the user is displayed in italics Links Links that you can click are displayed
208. not have any immediate effect if the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes EQUal on page 179 command has been set to ON In this case no range of symbols is allowed and only bursts with exactly the number of data bytes specified by the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes MIN on page 180 command shall take part in measurement analysis LSS SSS e YEN e p e LLLI t Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 179 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem H M M M MM eee SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters lt NumberDataBytes gt RST 64 Example DEM FORM BAN DBYTes MAX 1300 Only bursts which contain a maximum of 1300 data bytes are analyzed Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes MIN lt NumberDataBytes gt This command specifies the number of data bytes required for bursts to qualify for mea surement analysis Only bursts with the specified number of data bytes will be used in the measurement analysis If the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes EQUal on page 179 command has been set to ON this command specifies the exact number of data bytes required for a burst to take part in measurement analysis If the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes EQUal on page 179 command is set to OFF this command speci fies the minimum number of data bytes required for a burst to take part in m
209. nterested in The entries starting with these characters are displayed 3 Change the focus by pressing the ENTER key 4 Select the suitable keyword by using the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW keys or the rotary knob 5 Press the ENTER key to display the help topic The View tab with the corresponding help topic is displayed Changing the zoom 1 Change to the Zoom tab 2 Setthe zoom using the rotary knob Four settings are available 1 4 The smallest size is selected by number 1 the largest size is selected by number 4 Closing the help window gt Press the ESC key or a function key on the front panel SS ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 9 R amp S FSV K91 91n Introduction 2 Introduction This document contains all information required for operation of an analyzer equipped with Application Firmware R amp S FSV K91 91n It covers operation via menus and the remote control commands for analog demodulation measurements This part of the documentation consists of the following chapters chapter 3 2 Basic Measurement Examples on page 13 Describes the measurement setup for WLAN TX measurements e chapter 4 Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 59 Describes the overall instrument functions and provides further information chapter 4 1 Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 60 Shows all softkeys available in the WLAN menu This chapter also re
210. nual 1173 0772 02 06 1 22 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n REESEN Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application First the FFT of the LS is calculated After the FFT calculation the known symbol infor mation of the LS sub carriers is removed by dividing by the symbols The result is a coarse estimate of the channel transfer function In the next step the complex channel impulse response is computed by an IFFT Next the energy of the windowed impulse response the window size is equal to the guard period is calculated for every trial time Afterwards the trail time of the maximum energy is detected This trial time is used to adjust the timing Now the position of the LS is known and the starting point of the useful part of the first payload symbol can be derived In the next block this calculated time instant is used to position the payload window Only the payload part is windowed This is sufficient because the payload is the only subject of the subsequent measurements In the next block the windowed sequence is compensated by the coarse frequency esti mate AS pourse This is necessary because otherwise inter channel interference ICI would occur in the frequency domain se ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 23 Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application ST CH Surum ouj z s Surum osor e 34 zem WW JV D pp erep sottd go1e9s joxoed
211. o detect the position of the bursts within the measurement signal r4 v The detection algorithm is able to find the positions of the beginning of short and long bursts and can distinguish between them The algorithm also detects the initial state of the scrambler This is required if IEEE 802 11 signals should be analyzed because this standard does not specify the initial state of the scrambler With the knowledge of the start position of the burst the header of the burst can be demodulated The bits transmitted in the header provide information about the length of the burst and the modulation type used in the PSDU After the start position and the burst length is fully known better estimates of timing offset timing drift frequency offset and phase offset can be calculated using the entire data of the burst At this point of the signal processing a demodulation can be performed without decision error After demodulation the normalized and undisturbed reference signal s v is avail able If the frequency offset is not constant and varies with time the frequency and phase offset in several partitions of the burst must be estimated and corrected Additionally timing offset timing drift and gain factor can be estimated and corrected in several par titions of the burst These corrections can be separately switched off in the Demod Set tings menu SS ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 30 Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Ap
212. o select the magnification factor for the zoom The zoom facility is provided for the following result displays Magnitude Capture Buffer PVT Constellation vs Symbol Constellation vs Carrier The maximum magnification depends on the type of result display SCPI command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion ZOOM on page 139 Marker Off Switches off all makers in the active result display SCPI command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt AOFF on page 133 Softkeys of the Marker To Menu MKR gt key R amp S FSV K91 91n The following table shows all softkeys available in the Marker To menu in WLAN mode MKR gt key It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all soft keys If a softkey is only available with a special option model or measurement mode this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description Peak Spectrum Flatness result display Sets the marker to the peak value of the assigned trace SCPI command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt MAXimum on page 135 nempe uL P EC c eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 106 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 4 8 4 9 Softkeys of the Lines Menu LINES key R amp S FSV K91 91n Min Spectrum Flatness result display Sets the marker to the minimum value of the assigned trace SCPI command CALCulat
213. ompensated for level error on a per symbol basis SCPI command SENSe TRACking LEVel on page 190 Pilots for Tracking IEEE 802 11n SISO MIMO In case tracking is used the used pilot sequence has an effect on the measurement results According to The pilot sequence is determined according to the corresponding standard WLAN standard In case the pilot generation algorithm of the device under test DUT has a problem the erroneous pilot sequence might affect the measurement results or the WLAN measurement application might not synchronize at all onto the signal generated by the DUT Detected The pilot sequence detected in the WLAN signal to be analyzed is used by the WLAN measurement application In case the pilot generation algorithm of the device under test DUT has a problem the erroneous pilot sequence will nott affect the measurement results In case the pilot sequence generated by the DUT is correct it is recommended that you use the According to Standard setting because it generates more accurate measurement results SCPI command SENSe TRACking PILots on page 191 Transmit Filter Specifies the transmit filter to be used The settings provided by default are SS ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 98 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n m MM R p E E Se a ae 4 3 2 Demod Settin
214. or the Spatial Mapping Range 32 ns to 32 ns Example CONF WLAN SMAP TX1 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 0 CONFigure WLAN SMAPping TX lt 1 4 gt STReam lt 1 4 gt STS I gt lt STS Q gt This remote control command specifies the mapping for a specific stream and antenna Suffix TX lt 1 4 gt Defines the TX antenna STReam lt 1 4 gt Defines the stream Parameters lt STS I Imag part of the complex element of the STS Stream lt STS Q gt Real part of the complex element of the STS Stream Example CONF WLAN SMAP TX1 STR1 1 0 1 0 CONFigure WLAN SMAPping TX lt 1 4 gt TIMeshift lt TimeShift gt This remote control command specifies the timeshift for a specific antenna Suffix TX lt 1 4 gt Defines the TX antenna PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 154 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 7 DISPlay Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameters lt TimeShift gt Time shift in s for specification of user defined CSD cyclic delay diversity for the Spatial Mapping Range 32 ns to 32 ns Example CONF WLAN SMAP TX1 TIM 0 CONFigure WLAN STBC AUTO TYPE lt BurstT ype gt This remote control command specifies which bursts are analyzed according to STBC streams Parameters lt BurstType gt FBURst First burst is analyzed and subsequent bursts are analyzed only if they match ALL All bursts are analyzed MO M1 M2 Measure only
215. ower level that contains at least one sample It is highly unlikely that the full 201 data values will ever be returned Each probability value is returned as a floating point number with a value less than 1 Supported data formats see FORMat DATA on page 167 ASCii REAL Statistics Signal Field Data Data is returned as an array of hexidecimal values with each hexidecimal value repre senting the 24 bit IEEE 802 11b standard 48 bit long signal field for a single burst aS SSS e NN m e e e Lies Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 201 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 16 11 5 16 12 5 16 13 TRACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n EVM vs Carrier Two trace types are provided with this measurement There is an average EVM value for each of the 53 or 57 117 within th n standard carriers or a repeating group of EVM values for each channel The number of repeating groups corresponds to the number of fully analyzed trains Each EVM value is returned as a floating point number expressed in units of dBm Supported data formats see FORMat DATA on page 167 ASCii UINT TRACE1 Average EVM values per channel TRACE2 All EVM values per channel for each full train of the capture period EVM vs Symbol Three traces types are available with this measurement The basic trace types show either the minimum mean or maximum EVM value as measured over the comp
216. page 202 chapter 5 16 13 Error vs Preamble on page 202 chapter 5 16 14 1 Spectrum Mask on page 203 e chapter 5 16 15 Spectrum ACPR on page 203 Query parameters ResultType TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACE3 TRACE4 TRACES TRACE6 LIST For details on the parameters refer to the corresponding mea surement type see list above Example TRAC TRACE2 The measurement data for the selected graph is returned necp ue c c L PH Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 196 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Ech 5 16 2 TRACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n Usage Query only SCPI confirmed Mode WLAN TRACe IQ SRATe lt SampleRate gt This command allows the sample rate for IQ measurements to be specified Parameters lt SampleRate gt Range 1440000 to 32 248E6 Hz Example TRAC IQ SRAT 2000000 Specifies a sample rate of 20 MHz Mode WLAN TRACe IQ DATA MEMory lt OffsetSa gt lt NoSamples gt Returns all the UO data associated with the measurement acquisition time The result values are scaled linearly in Volts and correspond to the voltage at the RF input of the instrument The command returns a comma separated list of the measured voltage val ues in floating point format Comma Separated Values CSV The number of values returned is 2 the number of samples the first half being th
217. pectrum See Display List Graph on page 61 Spectrum Flatness IEEE 802 112 g j n OFDM Group Delay IEEE 802 11 n MIMO Spectrum Sets the Spectrum Flatness result display This result display shows the spectrum flatness and group delay values recorded on a per carrier basis over the full set of measured data An average trace is also displayed for each of the result types An upper and lower limit line representing the limits specified for the selected standard are displayed and an overall pass fail status is displayed for the obtained average results against these limit lines TEE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 73 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 26 Carrier Spectrum 21 2 dBm jl 11355 ABS B Group Delay Rel Gd ns 4 Carrier div 10 07 2008 Fig 4 1 Spectrum flatness result for IEEE 802 11a standard measurement For IEEE 802 11 n MIMO you can select between the physical and effective channel model for the spectrum flatness and group delay measurement see on page 78 SCPI command on page 144 IEEE 802 11n MIMO on page 144 Spectrum Mask IEEE 802 11b g Single Carrier Spectrum IEEE ETSI IEEE 802 11a g j amp n OFDM Spectrum Sets the Spectrum Mask result display This result display shows power against frequency The span of the results is 100 MHz for IEEE and 500 MHz for ETSI around the specified measurement frequ
218. ping TX 1 4 TIMeshift on page 154 Softkeys of the Sweep Menu SWEEP key R amp S FSV K91 91n The following table shows all softkeys available in the Sweep menu in WLAN mode SWEEP key It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all soft keys If a softkey is only available with a special option model or measurement mode this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description Ran NO GDM M 104 PVG NEE 104 SII PERENNE aa a SE dE TREE 104 Run Single Cont Selects the sweep mode Single single sweep mode Cont continuous sweep mode SCPI command INITiate lt n gt CONTinuous on page 167 Auto Level Starts an automatic level detection measurement If this softkey is pressed while a mea surement is running the current measurement is aborted and the automatic level detec tion measurement is started If the aborted measurement was a continuous measurement itis resumed after the automatic level detection is completed SCPI command CONFigure POWer AUTO on page 146 Refresh Updates the current measurement results with respect to the current gate settings This softkey is only available if the measurement results are effected by the gate settings Spectrum FFT PVT and CCDF and if the gate settings are modified after a measure ment result has been obtained PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 104 R amp S FS
219. ple TRIGger Subsystem WLAN K91 91N RST 3 dB TRIG SOUR IFP Sets the IF power trigger source TRIG IFP HYST 10DB Sets the hysteresis limit value TRIGger lt n gt SEQuence LEVel EXTernal lt TriggerLevel gt This command sets the level of the external trigger source in Volt Suffix lt n gt Parameters lt TriggerLevel gt Example irrelevant Range 0 5V to 3 5 V RST 1 4V TRIG LEV 2V TRIGger SEQuence MODE lt Mode gt This command configures how triggering is to be performed Parameters lt Mode gt Example Mode Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 IMMediate EXTernal POWer PSENsor RFPower IMMediate No triggering is performed This corresponds to the Free Run trig ger mode EXTernal The next measurement is triggered by the signal at the external trigger input e g a gated trigger POWer The next measurement is triggered by signals outside the mea surement channel PSEN The next measurement is triggered by the external power sensor requires R amp S FSV K9 option RFPower The next measurement is triggered by the first intermediate fre quency of the RF signal RST IMMediate TRIG MODE IMM No triggering is performed WLAN 205 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 18 UNIT Subsystem K91 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel POWer lt Level gt This command sets the level of the input signal
220. plication Referring to the IEEE 802 11a measurement standard 6 the compensation of the gain g is not part of the requirements Therefore the gain tracking Tracking Gain is not activated as the default setting of the R amp S FSV K91 91n How can the parameters above be calculated In this application the optimum maximum likelihood algorithm is used In the first estimation step the symbol independent param eters A frest and E are estimated The symbol dependent parameters can be neglected in this step i e the parameters are set to g 1 and dy 0 Referring to Equation 10 the log likelihood function L must be calculated as a function of the trial parameters S and The tilde generally describes a trial parameter Example is the trial parameter of x mof _symdods C coran mog 2 Lhen E K rp bs ayy x HUES x git thane Phase tel amp k 21 7 7 21 with Phasel 27x N ENXxAF T xl vest Dhasel Zog N i Nx xkxi 13a 3 4 The trial parameters leading to the minimum of the log likelihood function are used as estimates A and In 13a the known pilot symbols a are read from a table In the second step the log likelihood function is calculated for every symbol as a function of the trial parameters amp and 4 3 I corran fimo g 2 L g dY p bs d XE x HL x Ss Hhase y amp 21 7 7 21 wi th Phasel men 2Zx N Nx MT X d Phasen 8 25x N I Nx xkxi
221. plication uoneums3 joquikg uoneulns3 uoneuins3 uoneuins3 ules eseug bai But uogewnsa peuonnied peuonnied peuonnied Jet Jaywsued uonejjsuo jeubis sjueuuieduuj D WAS S19jouiBJed le Jo uoneuns 3 uajdwesey uonoaog Buri Bueyi4 uonoeuo u0I 284102 1 fiequ pueqeseg ules eseyd bai4 uoneuins3 J8j I4 J841928M uoneuins 3 uogeuins3 eseug bai But y AO i I T I ajdwesa uonoe4102 jp ud E eseug baly But ZHWrrt S Ps AO f Jeyngejduies sisunguouess aqe ou uf 4ayng eunjdeo OJ 1940 sishjeuyasg Fig 3 2 Signal processing of the IEEE 802 11b application R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application Knowing the normalized power and undisturbed reference signal the transmitter base band filter is estimated by minimizing the cost function of a maximum likelihood based estimator 2 L 3 r v xe Fly seh Y x amp v1 8 j g veil i L 17 3 9 where r v the oversampled measurement signal the normalized oversampled power n V the undisturbed reference signal N the observation length L the filter length 47 the variation parameters of the frequency offset 48 the variation parameters of the phase offset 8 Ze the variation parameters of the IQ offset bn the coefficients of the transmitter filter The frequency the phase and the IQ offset are estimated jointly with the coe
222. r 2nd alternate channel in screen B 13 ALT2 LOWer FAIL Screen B This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the lower 2nd alternate channel in screen B 14 Not used 15 This bit is always 0 PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 213 R amp S FSV K91 91n List of Commands List of Commands Ee LL IM a es wages pa iL E t m cem LH MA ee UA 114 CAlLCulate nz BURG IMMedlatel nennen eterne eene tnn inne sre inaha 114 CAL Culate cnzLlMit z1z ACbowerACHannel eene nnne ener nnn nnts sehr nen n nnne nnn 116 CAL Culate cnzLlMit z1z ACbowerAl Temate nennen ennt nnne nnns ndn n rnnt nnn 117 CALCulate n LIMit 1 BURSEALL eril rr oe e erret dr tereti doa aeri Urea e be ER ERRORS 118 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURStALL RESUIt sess eee eene enne t rnnt enne nennen 118 CAL Culate cnz LlMit Is BURG EVM ALL MANimum teens nnne 120 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM ALL MAXimMUM RESUIt eee ceeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeneaeeeseenaeeeeeeeee 120 CAL Culate cnz LlMitIs BURG EVMALLTAVtEChRaoel nne CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM ALL AVERage RESult CALCulate n LIMit 12 BURStEVM DATA MAXimum esses eene nnne nne rennen CAL Culate cnzLlMit 1z BURGCEVM DATA MAXimum RE Gu 122 CALCulate n LIMit 12 BURStEVM DATA AVERage sse nnne eene innen 121 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt EVM DATA AVERage RESUIt
223. r or not the recorded IQ pairs should be swapped I lt gt Q before being processed Swapping and Q inverts the sideband Parameters lt State gt Example Mode Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 ON OFF ON and Q are exchanged inverted sideband Q j I OFF Normal sideband I j Q RST OFF SWAP ON Specifies that IQ values should be swapped WLAN GSM OFDM OFDMA WiBro 187 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n gS ENEE SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n SENSe SWEep COUNt lt NumberSweeps gt This command specifies the number of sweeps for Spectrum Mask and Spectrum ACPR measurements Parameters NumberSweeps RST 1 Example SWEep COUNt 64 Sets the number of sweeps to 64 Usage SCPI confirmed Mode WLAN SENSe SWEep EGATe lt State gt This command switches on off the sweep control by an external gate signal If the external gate is selected the trigger source is automatically switched to EXTernal as well In case of measurement with external gate the measured values are recorded as long as the gate is opened During a sweep the gate can be opened and closed several times The synchronization mechanisms with OPC OPC and WAI remain completely unaf fected The sweep end is detected when the required number of measurement points 691 in Spectrum mode has been recorded Parameters State ON OFF RST OF
224. rBAhNalvzeBivbeAlTO TE 178 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes EQUal 179 IGENSGe IDEMod FObRMatBAhNalvzeD vTesMAx ennt 179 IEN Ge IDEMod FORMatCBANalvze DvTesMiN nennen emere nnns 180 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation EQUAl essen 180 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation MAX essen nennen 180 IGENSGe IDEMod FObRMarBANalvze DUbRatton MIN 181 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols EQUal 181 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols MAX cccccccccseceeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeceesaeeeeaeeeeseeeeaeeseaeeeseeeeneeeeeaaees 182 SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols MIN eese neret 182 SENSe DEMOd FORMAEBTRale 2 nri peer tn re ERI prse ee e eee dod esa gera eee deed evade 183 SENSe DEMod FORMat MCSIndex esses eene nnne nenne tinent nne eren 183 PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 218 R amp S FSV K91 91n List of Commands IEN Ge IDEMod FORMatrMCSindex MODE 183 SENSe DEMod FORMat SIGSymbol sss 184 IEN Ge IDEMod FORMat BCONient AUTO 182 SENSe FREQuenocy GENTEr eii retener terre ne eere Dena een de naa eR eden xu deis 184 SENSe POWer ACHannel MODE essen nennen nenne tenerte tree trennen nnne nnn en 185 EIST e ET EE 185 SENSe POWer SEM CLASS iss since i t Red Aided ace ae neice qat tcd dtd dc dama 185 IENGe IbOWer GEMTRACebRtDucton A 187 SENSES VAP IG nie a I
225. red for bursts to qualify for measurement analysis Only bursts with the specified number of symbols will be used in the measurement analysis The number of data symbols is defined as the uncoded bits including service and tail bits When the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols EQUal command has been set to true then this command specifies the exact number of symbols required for a burst to take part in measurement analysis When the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols EQUal command is set to false this command specifies the min imum number of symbols required for a burst to take part in measurement analysis Parameters lt NumberDataSymbolsST 1 Example DEM FORM BAN SYM MIN 16 Only bursts which contain a symbol count of 16 are analyzed Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BCONtent AUTO lt State gt When this command is set to ON the signal symbol field resp the PLCP header field of the burst is analyzed to determine the details of the burst When this field is set to ON only bursts that match the supplied burst type and modulation are considered in results analysis Parameters lt State gt ON OFF PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 182 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem MM M Se ee eee SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example DEM FORM AUTO ON Specifies that the signa
226. relevant Example CALC1 BURS Starts the recalculation of the IQ measurement results Usage Event Mode WLAN Ml U Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 114 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 4 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n The CALCulate LIMit subsystem contains commands for the limit lines and the corre sponding limit checks CAL Culate nz LUlMitzizACbowerAcCHannel 116 CALCulate lt n gt LlMit lt k gt ACPower ACHannel RESult nann0an0aannnanaaooa1oraannnnnnoonnornrnnnnnnne 116 CAL Culate nz LUlMitzizACbowerAlTematei 117 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt k gt ACPower ALTernate lt channel gt RELative ccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 117 GAEGulatesmnssEMiE T BUR SPALL EE 118 GALCulate n LIMite1 BURSCALL RESUIt 2 1 inariana erase nera nun nenne 118 CALOulate n LIMit 12 BURStEVM AVERage esses 118 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM AVERage RESUIt 0 eccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeenenes 119 CAL Culate nzLlMitis BURGSCEVMALLEAVERagel 119 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt EVM ALL AVERage RESUuIt c ceceeeeeeeeneeeeeeteaeeees 120 CAL Culate nz LUlMitisBURGSCEVMALL MANimum ooann0aannanannnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrrnnnnnnne 120 CAL Culate nz LUlMitisBURGGEVMALL MANimum REGuI 120 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURStEVM DATA AVERage esee 121 CAL Culate nzLlMitis BURGCEVMDATATAVERaoelbREGun
227. rn the State of the slave to ON 3 3 Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application This description gives a rough view of the IEEE 802 11a application signal processing Details are disregarded in order to get a concept overview T Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 21 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Ech Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application e chapter 3 3 1 Understanding Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application on page 22 chapter 3 3 2 Literature to the IEEE 802 11a Application on page 29 Abbreviations alk symbol at symbol of subcarrier k EVM error vector magnitude of subcarrier k EVM error vector magnitude of current packet 9 signal gain Af frequency deviation between TX and RX l symbol index 1 nof Symbols nof symbols number of symbols of payload H channel transfer function of subcarrier k k channel index k 31 32 Kimod modulation dependent normalization factor e relative clock error of reference oscillator fik subcarrier of symbol I 3 3 1 Understanding Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application A diagram of the interesting blocks is shown in figure 3 1 First the RF signal is down converted to the IF frequency fic 96 MHz The resulting IF signal refl is shown on the left hand side of the figure After bandpass filtering the signal is sampled by an Analog to Digital Converter ADC at
228. roperty Setting for IEEE 802 n Setting for IEEE 802 n MIMO Format PPDU Frame Format Burst type to measure MCS Auto Demod ON Auto same type as first burst Auto Demod OFF PSDU Mod to Analyze MCS Index to use Bandwidth PPDU Frame Format Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 Channel BW to measure 38 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Signal Field Measurement IEEE 802 n SISO MIMO PPDU Property Setting for IEEE 802 n Setting for IEEE 802 n MIMO HT Length Source of Payload Len Source of Payload Len GI Guard Interval Guard Interval Len Measurement results The R amp S FSV K91 determines certain inconsistencies in the signal and informs the user with an appropriate warning If the signal was analyzed successfully the results indi cated by a message also contribute to the overall analysis results The corresponding PPDU in the Capture Memory is highlighted by an orange bar Spectrum Frequency Fs SGL Capture N 10 ob LEL WLAN 21 4 dBm Time 50 ms Standard PPDU MCS Index GI Data Symbols 1 1366 Samples 4000001 Burst Att El 5 0000 ms div Ba IEEE 802 11n MIMO Measurement Complete Settings General Demod _ Display Graph Listi List2 Bitstream 50 0000 ms WAS LASS 16 32 27 Fig 3 7 The Signal Field measurement revealing a length conflict between the HT SIG
229. rre ree rer E HERE 193 STATus QUEStionable EVENIt iiir rrt ct te Pre re Gr rede re Da eae e eR I Ce e TR TR RR 192 TRAGCe IQ DATACMEMORy eerte n Rn EH hk ee ehe erae crea den p eed ee do 197 TRACe IQ SRATe lisse spp anaes 196 TRlGoernzlZSEOuencel IFE Power HOL Dot 204 TRIGger n SEQuence IFPower HYSTeresis essent nennen reete nnns 204 TRIGger n SEQuence LEVel EXTernal e eene ertet nnne nnne nennen TRIGger SEQuenceEHOLDJOfr 2 ioter entere ineat near dnb eee ee E REFER Ee pE Danesa rSn ERREEN TRIGger SEQuence LEVel POWer TRlGoert SGEOuencelL EVel POWer AUTO MRIGgerESEQuSNnCe MODE ordern tpe ades EENS INIT GEN OIRE E E m UNIT PREAMDI e E RP SENSe BANDwidth CHANnel AUTO TYPE IGENSGe IDANDwidtbl RE Goluttont Eil Ter EI ET d ee d LEE I SENSe BURSECOUNES TAT e iier rente eto tu Pn aa a NENNEN EENEG SENSe DEMOG CESTitmatioli rette err rr ertet pee Ee apaa EA EE E E eda aA EERS IGENGe IDEMod FETT OFFzGet SENSe DEMod FILTer CATalog SENSe DEMod FILTer EF Length inrer rate trie rnb ntn o reta e eid aia aaa Diada IGENSGe DE Mod Eil TerMOtDulaton ennemis nennen nnne IGENSGe IDEMod FObRMatBANalvze enne terere testen ennt stern nnns inns senes IGENSGe IDEMod FObRMatBAhNalvzebBivbe eneen 177 IGENSGe IDEMod FObRMa
230. rrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in seconds Example CALC LIM BURS TFAL 0 000001 The average fall time limit is set to 1 s Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt TFALI AVERage RESult This command returns the average fall time limit result Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC LIM BURS TFAL1 RES Average fall time limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt TFALI MAXimum Value This command sets the maximum fall time limit PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 128 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem e M M M MM M Se SS ae eee CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in seconds Example CALC LIM BURS TFAL1 MAX 0 000001 The maximum fall time limit set to 1 os Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt TFALI MAXimum RESult This command returns the maximum fall time limit result Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC LIM BURS TRIS MAX RES Maximum fall time limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt TRISe AVERage lt Value gt This command sets the average rise time limit Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric
231. s value is dependent on the last run measurement Parameters lt Time gt RST 400us Example SWE EGAT LENG 20ms Sets a gate length of 20 milliseconds between sweeps Mode WLAN SENSe SWEep EGATe LENGth SAMPle lt NumberSamples gt This command defines the gate time in the capture buffer as a number of samples The range of this value is dependent on the last run measurement Parameters NumberSamples RST 8000 Example SWE EGAT LENG SAMP 200000 Sets a gate length of 200000 samples in the capture buffer Mode WLAN SENSe SWEep EGATe LINK lt State gt This command links together the movement of the gating lines and the capture buffer marker Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST 0 Example SWE EGAT LINK ON Links the gating lines as marker with the gating line delay and length are changed gate position ee i SSS eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 189 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem c M M M M M ae Rex SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Mode WLAN SENSe SWEep TIME Time This command defines the sweep time The range depends on the frequency span Parameters Time refer to data sheet RST AUTO is set to ON Example SWE TIME 10s SENSe SWEep EGATe TYPE Mode This command sets the type of triggering leve
232. s keyword sets the parameter to the largest possible value e MINimum This keyword sets the parameter to the smallest possible value e DEFault This keyword is used to reset the parameter to its default value e UP This keyword increments the parameter value e DOWN This keyword decrements the parameter value aa SSS UNE UE EE E e e e NN LLLI e d Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 113 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n ABORt Subsystem The numeric values associated to MAXimum MINimum DEFault can be queried by add ing the corresponding keywords to the command They must be entered following the quotation mark Example SENSe FREQuency CENTer MAXimum Returns the maximum possible numeric value of the center frequency as result arbitrary block program data This keyword is provided for commands the parameters of which consist of a binary data block 5 2 ABORt Subsystem ABORt This command aborts a current measurement and resets the trigger system Example ABOR INIT IMM Mode all 5 3 CALCulate BURSt Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n The CALCulate BURSt subsystem checks the IQ measurement results CALCulatesn gt BURSI IMMedigte denina aaa aaa a aa aana 114 CALCulate lt n gt BURSt IMMediate This command forces the IQ measurement results to be recalculated according to the current settings Suffix lt n gt 1 4 ir
233. s returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN FETCh SYMBol COUNt This command returns the number of symbols for each analyzed burst as a comma sep arated list Example FETC SYMB COUN The analyzed number of symbols for each burst are returned Usage Query only Se eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 166 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n FORMat Subsystem Mode WLAN 5 9 FORMat Subsystem FORMat DATA lt Format gt This command selects the data format for the data transmitted from the analyzer to the controlling computer It is used for the transmission of trace data The data format of trace data received by the instrument is automatically recognized regardless of the format which is programmed See also TRACe DATA on page 196 Parameters lt Format gt ASCii REAL UINT ASCii ASCII data are transmitted in plain text separated by commas REAL REAL data are transmitted as 32 bit IEEE 754 floating point num bers in the definite length block format UINT In operating mode WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n option bit stream data is sent as unsigned integers in binary format RST ASCII Example FORM REAL 32 FORM ASC 5 10 INITiate Subsystem INi Mate SECON MT 167 INI Tiate ps IMMediate irse eek te eine etuer etie e eth cene E 168 INITiate lt n gt CONTinuous State This command determines whether the trigger s
234. s selected or a repeating group of 53 or 57 within the n standard carriers if all the data is requested E Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 199 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n TRACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n Supported data formats see FORMat DATA on page 167 ASCii REAL TRACE1 ABS All analyzed traces TRACE2 Group Delay All analyzed traces TRACES ABS Average trace TRACE4 Group Delay Average trace Absolute power results are returned in dB or dB difference and group delay results are returned in ns 5 16 5 Spectrum Flatness 11n There are two separate traces that are available with this measurement Trace data for a particular trace will only be returnable by querying the appropriate trace The graph shows the absolute power value graph ABS which is plotted on a per carrier basis All 56 carriers are drawn in addition to the unused 0 carrier The absolute power groups will allow all the data points to be returned as one trace and an average of all the channels as the other trace For example the return data will either be one single group of 57 carriers if the average trace is selected or a repeating group of 57 carriers if all the data is requested TRACE1 ABS All analyzed trains TRACE2 ABS Average trace Absolute power results are returned in dB Supported data formats FORMat DATA ASCiiJREAL 5 16 6 Spectru
235. s to more stable measurement results it naturally increases the rise fall times compared to no averaging Measurement Settings and Result Displays The WLAN option provides two main measurement types Frequency sweep measurements e Spectrum mask see Spectrum Mask IEEE 802 11b g Single Carrier Spectrum IEEE ETSI IEEE 802 11a g j amp n OFDM on page 74 softkey e Spectrum ACP ACPR see Spectrum ACPR IEEE 802 11a g n OFDM Turbo Mode Spectrum ACP IEEE 802 11b ACP Rel Abs IEEE 802 11j on page 76 D P V 9 Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 47 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Measurement Settings and Result Displays UO measurements based on captured IQ data Power vs Time see PVT on page 62 EVM vs Symbol EVM vs Carrier see EVM vs Symbol Carrier on page 66 softkey Phase vs Preamble Frequency vs Preamble see Error Frequency Phase on page 68 softkey Spectrum Flatness see Spectrum Flatness IEEE 802 118 g j n OFDM Group Delay IEEE 802 11 n MIMO on page 73 softkey Spectrum FFT see Spectrum FFT on page 75 softkey Constellation vs Symbol Constellation vs Carrier see Constell vs Symbol Carrier on page 70 softkey Conditional Cumulative Distribution Function see CCDF on page 79 softkey Bit Stream see Bitstream on page 79 softkey
236. same signal data and as such all UO measurement results are available after a single UO measurement execution UO measurements can be run in split screen mode allowing both the Magnitude Capture Buffer display and the selected UO measurement results to be displayed simultaneously or in full screen mode with either the Magnitude Capture Buffer dis play or the selected UO measurement results displayed e Frequency sweep measurements The frequency sweep measurements use different signal data to UO measurements and as such it is not possible to run an UO measurement and then view the results in the frequency sweep measurements and vice versa Also because each of the frequency sweep measurements uses different settings to obtain signal data it is not possible to run a frequency sweep measurement and view the results of another frequency sweep measurement All frequency sweep measurements are run in full screen mode Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 57 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Measurement Settings and Result Displays e For MIMO measurements IEEE 802 11n MIMO only the results for each data stream are displayed in a separate graph Spectrum WLAN Sig Lvl Set 11 6 dam Time s Standard IEEE 802 11n MIMO Frequency 2 4 GHz Data Symbols 1 6 PPDU MCS Index GI Fs 80 MHz Samples 80001 Burst XE SGL_TRG EXT A Capture Memory dBr Rx1 af 1 58 dBm Att El 11 00 0 00 6B i H M 1 0 00
237. se indexes are not used 3 ETSI Spectrum Mask limit line 4 Spectrum Flatness Upper limit line 5 Spectrum Flatness Lower limit line 6 IEEE Spectrum Mask limit line 7 PVT Rising Edge max limit 8 PVT Rising Edge mean limit 9 PVT Falling Edge max limit 10 PVT Falling Edge mean limit CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt SPECtrum MASK CHECk X This command returns the X value at the maximum overstepping of the spectrum mask limits eS ee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 131 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem e M M M MM M Se SS ae eee CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Suffix n 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC LIM SPEC MASK CHEC X Returns the frequency at the maximum overstepping Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt SPECtrum MASK CHECk Y This command returns the Y value at the maximum overstepping of the spectrum mask limits Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC LIM SPEC MASK CHEC Y Returns the power at the maximum overstepping Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt UPPer DATA lt Value gt This command defines the values for the upper limit lines independently of the measure ment window The number of values for the CONTrol axis and for the corresponding UPPer limit line has to be identical Otherwise default
238. se is compensated and the data symbols are known The long observation interval of nof symbols symbols compared to the short interval of 2 symbols for the estimation of H S leads to a nearly error free channel estimate In the following equalizer block HS is compensated by the channel estimate The resulting channel compensated sequence is described by ys The user may either choose the coarse channel estimate HS from the long symbol or the nearly error free channel estimate P from the payload for equalization If the improved estimate AtS is used a 2 dB reduction of the subsequent EVM measurement can be expected According to the IEEE 802 11a measurement standard 6 the coarse channel estimation ALS from the long symbol has to be used for equalization Therefore the default setting of the R amp S FSV K91 91n is equalization from the coarse channel estimate derived from the long symbol In the last block the measurement variables are calculated The most important variable is the error vector magnitude of the sub carrier k of the current packet 1 nof packets EVM 3 EVM counter nof ME packets counter 1 14 3 6 Furthermore the packet error vector magnitude is derived by averaging the squared EVM versus k 26 EVM 3 EVM 52 k 26 k 0 Finally the average error vector magnitude is calculated by averaging the packet EVM of all nof_symbols detected packets 15 3 7
239. sen nnns 92 Demod SCUINGS eb 93 Advanced Demod Settings IEEE 802 11n MIMO only seen 99 MIMO Settings IEEE 802 11n MIMO only 103 Softkeys of the Sweep Menu SWEEP key R amp S FSV K91 91n 104 Softkeys of the Trace Menu TRAC key R amp S FSV K91 91n 105 Softkeys of the Marker Menu MKR key R amp S FSV K91 91n 105 Softkeys of the Marker To Menu MKR key R amp S FSV K91 91n 106 Softkeys of the Lines Menu LINES key R amp S FSV K91 91n 107 Softkeys of the Input Output Menu for WLAN Measurements 107 Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n The following table shows all softkeys available in the WLAN menu It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys If a softkey is only available with a special option model or measurement mode this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description SUIS ET EE 61 Display LSY Grap P 61 pcm 62 L Full Burst IEEE 802 11a g j amp n OEDM 62 L Rising amp Falling IEEE 802 11a g j n OFDM 63 L Ramp Up Down Up amp Down IEEE 802 1 1b g Single Carrier 63 L Ref Pow Max Mean IEEE 802 11b g Single Carrier 64 L Average Length IEEE 802 11b g
240. set min EVM all bursts average EVM all bursts max EVM all bursts min EVM data carriers average EVM data carriers gt max EVM data carriers gt lt min EVM pilots gt lt average EVM pilots gt lt max EVM pilots gt Returned values for IEEE 802 11b amp g CCK lt min rise time gt lt average rise time gt lt max rise time gt lt min fall time gt lt average fall time gt lt max fall time gt lt min rms power gt lt average rms power gt lt max rms power gt lt min peak power gt lt average peak power gt lt max peak power gt lt min crest factor gt lt average crest factor gt lt max crest factor gt lt min frequency error gt lt average frequency error gt lt max frequency error gt lt min chip clock error gt lt average chip clock error gt lt max chip clock error gt lt min phase error gt lt average phase error gt lt max phase error gt min IQ offset average IQ offset maximum IQ offset min gain imbalance average gain imbalance max gain imbalance min quadrature offset average quadrature offset max quadrature offset min EVM IEEE average EVM IEEE max EVM IEEE gt min EVM Direct average EVM Direct gt max EVM Direct gt 5 8 2 Commands of the Fetch Subsystem K91 FETChIBURSESDIER uicti ot teet ri ee edle tees 161 FETGI BURSEBERPIIOEDATAOAVERSUGT us tenue onte eau cera ENEE 162 EECHER RE e E
241. so shows the corre sponding limits specified in the standard e Burst Power IEEE802 11a j g Shows the mean burst power in dBm e Crest Factor IEEE802 11a j g Shows the crest factor in dB The crest factor is the ratio of the peak power to the mean power of the signal also called Peak to Average Power Ratio PAPR H Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 53 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Measurement Settings and Result Displays Spectrum WLAN Freq 1 GHz Standard IEEE 802 11b PSDU Len 1 4095 Bytes i Ref Level 6 54 dBmExt Att 0 dB Preamble Samples 220000 C Demod L p M tt 4 dB Cap Time5 ms Modulation Burst 4 4 e SGL Gate Off Display Graph Result Summary P LEN 35 00 35 00 0 26 on EV n 51 84 db Constell 73 23 dB pss j 0 00 si rates h ppm US HS dBm dBm dB FFA 25 05 2009 Measurement Complete TIILLTLD DO 18 13 58 Fig 3 12 Result summary list for measurements on DSSS CCK PBCC signals e Peak Vector Err IEEE802 11b g Shows the peak vector error over the complete burst including the preamble in and in dB The vector error is calculated according to the IEEE 802 11b definition of the normalized error vector magnitude For better orientation the table also shows the corresponding limits specified in the standard e Burst EVM IEEE802 11b g Shows the EVM Error Vector Magnitude over the complete burst including the pre amble in and dB e IQ Of
242. splay SINGle Show only 1 screen on the display RST SPL Example DISP FORM SING DISPlay WINDow lt n gt SSELect This command selects whether screen A or screen B is active SSELect means Screen SELect Suffix n 112 window 172A 2 B Parameters RST 1 Example DISP WIND1 SSEL Sets the screen A active Mode WLAN DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TABLe State This command selects whether the results table is displayed Suffix lt n gt 1 2 window 1 A 2 B Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST ON Example DISP WIND1 TABL ON Hides the results table Mode WLAN DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt Y SCALe AUTO State This command switches on or off automatic scaling of the Y axis for the specified trace display Automatic scaling sets the Y axis to automatically scale to best fit the measure ment results This command is only available for the following result displays e EVM vs Carrier e EVM vs Symbol ee eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 156 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n DISPlay Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n e Frequency error vs Preamble e Phase error vs Preamble Suffix lt n gt 2 window must be 2 as the relevant results are always displayed in screen B lt t gt 1 trace must be 1 Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST ON Example DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL AUTO ON Switches on automatic scaling of the Y
243. st one payload symbol is required in order to successfully analyze the PPDU Null data packet NDP sounding bursts will generate this message Hint PPDU dismissed due to a mismatch with the PPDU format to be analyzed The properties causing the mismatches for this PPDU are highlighted Hint PPDU dismissed due to truncation The first or the last burst was truncated during the signal capture process for example Hint PPDU dismissed due to HT SIG inconsistencies One or more of the following HT SIG decoding results are outside of specified range MCS index Number of additional STBC streams Number of space time streams derived from MCS and STBC CRC Check failed Non zero tail bits Hint PPDU dismissed because payload channel estimation was not possible The payload based channel estimation was not possible because the channel matrix is singular to working precision Hint Channel matrix singular to working precision Channel equalizing for Burst Length Detection fully and user compensated measure ment signal is not possible because the estimated channel matrix is singular to working precision Measurement Result Types IQ Impairments This chapter provides an overview over the UO impairments for the R amp S FSV K91 91n e chapter 3 8 1 1 IQ Offset on page 41 e chapter 3 8 1 2 Gain Imbalance on page 42 chapter 3 8 1 3 Quadrature Error on page 43 IQ Offset An IQ Offset indicates a carrier o
244. stem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n cessent 159 ASCII formats for returned values eene nnns 159 Commands of the Fetch Subsystem 91 160 FORMat Subsystom erri entren Iran e Ree IIIIRERRRRRRRRDSRRRRRRRRPDSIRYRRR aS 167 INITiate Subsystem ntt eite hono ee no uuu n oerte taa kn EiS 167 INPut Subsystoem internet IRR EES SEENEN SE 168 INSTrument Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n eee 170 MMEMory Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n eee 170 SENSe Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n eese 171 Analysis modulation Tomat 171 Commands of the SENSe Gubsvetem eene 173 STATus Subsystem WLAN K91 eeeseeeeeeeeneeeen nennen nnne nnne nnn 191 TRACe Subsystem WLAN K91 91n eene 195 Commands of the TRACe Gubsvetem eene nnne 196 Va RE EE 197 PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 110 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 16 3 5 16 4 5 16 5 5 16 6 5 16 7 5 16 8 5 16 9 5 16 10 5 16 11 5 16 12 5 16 13 5 16 14 5 16 15 5 17 5 18 5 19 5 19 1 5 19 2 5 19 3 5 19 4 5 19 5 5 1 Notation Power vs Time Full Burst and Rising Falling Data 198 Spectrum Flatmness cc cccceccccccecceeeeeeeeee eee e eee eeg eee aeeaaaecaaaeaaneaeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenees 199 Spectrum Flatness 21m eert ennennn
245. sts are analyzed only if they have the same MCS index ALL All valid bursts are analyzed according to their individual MCS indexes MEASure Only bursts with an MCS index which matches that supplied by SENSe DEMod FORMat MCSIndex will be analyzed DEMod All bursts will be anayzed according to the MCS index specified by SENSe DEMod FORMat MCSIndex on page 183 RST FBURst Example SENS DEM FORM MCSI MOD ALL selects MCS Index 1 BPSK 1 spatial stream Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat SIGSymbol lt State gt If this command is set to ON the signal symbol field of the burst is analyzed to determine the details of the burst Only burst which match the supplied burst type and modulation are considered in results analysis For IEEE 802 11b this command can only be queried as the decoding of the signal field is always performed for the IEEE 802 11b standard Parameters lt State gt ON OFF Example DEM FORM SIGS ON Specifies that the signal symbol field should be decoded Mode WLAN SENSe FREQuency CENTer lt Frequency gt This command defines the center frequency frequency domain or measuring frequency time domain Parameters lt Frequency gt Range 0 to fmax RST fmax 2 Default unit Hz fmax IS specified in the data sheet min span is 10 Hz Example FREQ CENT 100 MHz PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 184 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 9
246. system WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Parameter Standard Description BPSK Alias for Bl Phase shift keying at higher data rate for selected standard BPSK3 IEEE 802 11j 10 MHz Bl Phase shift keying at 3 Mbps BPSK6 IEEE 802 11a g OFDM j 20 MHz amp Bl Phase shift keying at 6 Mbps Turbo BPSK9 IEEE 802 11a g OFDM j 20 MHz amp Bl Phase shift keying at 9 Mbps Turbo BPSKA5 IEEE 802 11j 10 MHz Bl Phase shift keying at 4 5 Mbps BPSK65 IEEE 802 11n Bl Phase shift keying at 6 5 Mbps BPSK72 IEEE 802 11n Bl Phase shift keying at 7 2 Mbps CCK11 IEEE 802 11b amp g Single Carrier Complementary Code Keying at 11 Mbps CCK55 IEEE 802 11b amp g Single Carrier Complementary Code Keying at 5 5 Mbps DBPSK1 IEEE 802 11b amp g Single Carrier Differential Bl Phase shift keying DQPSK2 IEEE 802 11b amp g Single Carrier Differential Quadrature phase shift keying PBCC11 IEEE 802 11b amp g Single Carrier PBCC at 11 Mbps PBCC22 IEEE 802 11g Single Carrier PBCC at 11 Mbps PBCC55 IEEE 802 11b amp g Single Carrier PBCC at 5 5 Mbps QAM16 Alias for Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at higher data rate for selected standard QAM64 Alias for Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at higher data rate for selected standard QAM1612 IEEE 802 11j 10 MHz Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 12 Mbps QAM1618 IEEE 802 11j 10 MHz Quadrature Amplitu
247. t Save Recall vQ OUT WGNIIMP A UO Mod A Data List Management Generate Waveform File config config c Heras how gl wen z On On v DIG VQ OUT IV TX Antennas 2 11 Check Configure Baseband B from Baseband A This will generate a IEEE 802 11n conform Tx 2 signal for path B of the SMU 12 Toggle the State to On and make sure RF A Mod A and RF B Mod B are switched on 20 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n El Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Application A ee 2 400 000 000 De z B RES n MWS B Fes 7 400 000 000 De 7 EEL FEMTE A ALC Auto B ALC Auto Info js 1 Restart 2 Restart 3 Restart 4 Restart EU ma Patna 9 Paths BB Input BERT Ts ful zm h On jv On BERT 1 Restart o 2 Restart 3 Restart 4 Restart DIG VQ OUT RF B E 13 Using the Graphics Power Spectrum display shows the power spectrum for both antennas 14 Now set up the spectrum analyzer with the analyzer K91n option to perform the WLAN MIMO measurements Start the analyzer K91n application 15 Select Standard IEEE 802 11n MIMO Set the RF Frequency the DUT is transmitting 16 Set Trigger Mode to External Select the STC MIMO tab in the General Settings dialog box 17 Select DUT MIMO configuration 2 Tx Antennas 18 Set the IP Address of the slave in the MIMO Measurement Setup table and tu
248. t and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps Mode all INPut Subsystem INPut ATTenuation Value This command programs the input attenuator To protect the input mixer against damage from overloads the setting 0 dB can be obtained by entering numerals not by using the DOWN command The attenuation can be set in 5 dB steps with option R amp S FSV B25 1 dB steps If the defined reference level cannot be set for the set RF attenuation the reference level is adjusted accordingly In the default state with Spectrum mode the attenuation set on the step attenuator is coupled to the reference level of the instrument If the attenuation is programmed directly the coupling to the reference level is switched off This function is not available if the R amp S Digital UO Interface R amp S FSV B17 is active nae p uL c E A A e Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 168 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n INPut Subsystem Parameters lt Value gt RST 10 dB AUTO is set to ON Example INP ATT 30dB Sets the attenuation on the attenuator to 30 dB and switches off the coupling to the reference level Mode all INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer Level Defines or queries the Full Scale Level i e the level that should correspond to an UO sample with the magnitude 1 It can be defined either in
249. t erret et ere bue ine S EEN ea nein den e a 163 FETCHI B RSEEVM AEL MAXimUlTI host hice ice rte d e hb e e ee e Reo e e E HEY ee eer de ee need de 163 FETCH BURSCTEVM ALL Alle lie RE 163 FETCh BURStEVM DATA AVERage 163 FETOCH BURGCENVMDATAMANiImum nennen aiaei erret rre i ianoaiiaea enne 163 FETOHBURGCEVM DATA MiNImum nennen nennen neret nns anedier nenne ad nisana 163 FEICH B RSEEVM DIRecCEAVERaQe iiir niece ege doce c deans t ERE A REPRE Haa nta nto e EE APEX so RENE 163 FETCh BURStEVM DIRect MAXimum essere nre nennen teretes eene ee tenens senes sers inns nn 163 FEICh BURSEEVM DIRecEMINirnUtm caccia teint tnde aata Ro LH a 4a debis 163 FETCh BURStEVM PILot AVERage 163 FEICI BURSEEVM PIEOEMAXIIUIm i kid trece tec ec e eee irre eL ER REY EORR otis eu ud 163 FETOCHBURGCEVM PI ot MihNimmum nnne nnne eene neeen rene rennes etre t rsen sets aaa 163 FETGI BURSEEVM IEEE TAVERa 9 indere e rere ver ent e Hp E re d dg d e 162 FETCh BURSEtEVM IEEE MAXimum essen nennen nene nerrnrre sn ersener retenir sen 162 PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 216 R amp S FSV K91 91n List of Commands FETOCHBURSCEVMIEEETMiNimum tantre Enntrnnnanea nennen 162 FETCh BURSEFERROEGAVER3067 iiri rH E HEX E RUE EE Ea tigen EEEE EREA 164 FETCh BURSEFERROr MAXimUtm odierna neas rte kae ciae Fn ane epa LU Aa enean bn a Eau YER x da 164 FET
250. ters lt Mode gt IEEE ETSI Example CONF BURS SPEC MASK SEL ETSI Interprets the measurement results using the ETSI standard Mode WLAN CONFigure BURStSTATistics BSTReam IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Bitstream After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the INITiate lt n gt IMMediate command Example CONF BURS STAT BSTR Configures the Bitstream measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt STATistics C CDF IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be CCDF conditional cumulative distribution functions After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the INI Tiate lt n gt IMMediate command Example CONF BURS STAT CCDF Configures the CCDF measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure BURSt STATistics SFleld IMMediate This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Signal Field After this command has been executed the specified measurement will only be started when the user issues the INITiate lt n gt IMMediate command Example CONF BURS STAT SFIeld Configures the Signal Field measurement type Mode WLAN CONFigure CHANnel Channel This remote control command is used to specify the input channel for which measure ments are to be performed This command will automatically cause the internal
251. tion 22 Literature to the IEEE 802 11a Application nnne n nenn nen nnen nnnnsrenennne nene 29 Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application eeeeeeee 29 Understanding Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11b Application 30 Literature of the IEEE 802 11b Applicaton nnen nnen nnen nnnnsnennnneen nene 35 802 11b RF Carrier Suppression ee NEEN EEEEEE RENE 35 IEEE 802 111 MIMO Measurement ccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesseeneeeees 36 Signal Field Measurement IEEE 802 n SISO MIMO sees 37 Measurement Result Types eeeeeeeeeeeeenen eene ennt enn nennen nnn nennen nennen 41 IQ Impairments nnnm rernm nnns nns nnn n nenne retener nns 41 EVM Measurement eene en enne nne en nnne rsen nennen nennen nennen 45 Rise Fall Time Measurement enne 47 Measurement Settings and Result Displays esee 47 Measurement Gettnge nee enne nennen nnns 48 Result Summary List eene ennemi 51 Result Display Graphie 56 Title Bar Intormaton cece eect errr ttne a eene nennen LEAK ANARE 58 Status Bar Information 58 O Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 11 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 3 1 Introduction to WLAN 802 11A B G J amp N TX Tests Introduction to WLAN 802 11A B G J amp N TX Tests The use of an an
252. tion 12 is that the phase drift of the highest sub carrier k 26 in the last symbol nof_symbols is 93 degrees Even in the noise free case this would lead to symbol errors The example shows that it is actually necessary to estimate and compensate the clock deviation which is accomplished in the next block Referring to the IEEE 802 11a measurement standard 6 the timing drift phase mino is not part of the requirements Therefore the time tracking Tracking Time is not activated as the default setting of the R amp S FSV K91 91n The time tracking option should rather be seen as a powerful analyzing option In addition the tracking of the gain g in Equation 10 is supported for each symbol in relation to the reference gain g 1 at the time instant of the long symbol LS At this time the coarse channel transfer function HS is calculated This makes sense since the sequence rx is compensated by the coarse channel transfer function AtS before estimating the symbols Consequently a potential change of the gain at the symbol caused for example by the increase of the DUT amplifier temper ature may lead to symbol errors especially for a large symbol alphabet M of the MQAM transmission In this case the estimation and the subsequent compensation of the gain are useful PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 26 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Signal Processing of the IEEE 802 11a Ap
253. transmission For other IEEE standards see the parameter values in the table below After a query IEEE is returned for all IEEE standards ETSI Settings and limits are as specified in the ETSI standard RST IEEE Example POW SEM ETSI Sets the SEM ETSI measurement type Mode WLAN Table 5 1 Supported IEEE standards Manual operation The spectrum emission mask measurement is Parameter value performed according to the standard IEEE 802 11n 2009 IEEE Std 802 11n 2009 IEEE 20M 2 4G Figure 20 17 Transmit spectral mask for 20 MHz or transmission lEEE 2009 20 2 4 IEEE 802 11n 2009 IEEE Std 802 11n 2009 IEEE 2009 40 2 A 40M EIS 4G Figure 20 18 Transmit spectral mask for a 40 MHz channel IEEE 802 11n 2009 20M 5G IEEE Std 802 11n 2009 IEEE 2009 20 5 Figure 20 17 Transmit spectral mask for 20 MHz transmission IEEE 802 11n 2009 40M 5G IEEE Std 802 11n 2009 IEEE 2009 40 5 Figure 20 18 Transmit spectral mask for a 40 MHz channel IEEE 802 11mb D08 IEEE Std 802 11n 2009 IEEE D08 20 2 4 20M 2 4G Figure 20 17 Transmit spectral mask for 20 MHz transmission IEEE Draft P802 11 REVmb D8 0 March 2011 Figure 19 17 Transmit spectral mask for 20 MHz transmission in the 2 4 GHz band IEEE 802 11mb D08 IEEE Std 802 11n 2009 IEEE DO08 40 2 A 40Mg24G Figure 20 18 Transmit spectral mask for a 40 MHz channel IEEE Draft P802 11 REVmb D8 0 March 2011 Figure 19 18
254. ts with exactly the duration specified by the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation MIN on page 181 command shall take part in measurement analysis Parameters Duration RST 5464 Example DEM BAN DUR MAX 1300 Only bursts which have a maximum duration of 1300 microsec onds are analyzed Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation MIN Duration This command specifies the duration in microseconds required for bursts to qualify for measurement analysis Only bursts with the specified duration will be used in the mea surement analysis If the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DURation EQUal on page 180 com mand has been set to true then this command specifies the exact duration required for a burst to take part in measurement analysis If the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze DBYTes EQUal on page 179 command is set to false this command specifies the minimum duration required for a burst to take part in measurement analysis Parameters Duration RST 1 Example DEM BAN DUR MIN 45 Only bursts which last 48 microseconds are analyzed Mode WLAN SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols EQUal State When this command is activated then only bursts of equal length will take part in the measurement analysis When this command is set to true the value specified by the SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze SYMBols EQUal on page 181 command specifies the number of symbols that a burst must hav
255. u 97 Channel Estimation IEEE 802 114 g OFDM KEE rete Rr eeu paene 97 Payload Length IEEE 80271 D gy ensi e dee 97 Miti Payload Length IEEE 802 1 1b g cadi detiene tke tenta aec ena 97 Max Payload Length IEEE 802 11b g rente 97 Filter adjacent channels IEEE 802 11n MIMO sese 98 ai 98 Hl 98 I p eaeees 98 Pilots for Tracking IEEE 802 1 1n SISO FMIMQJ 12r irre 98 Transmit M 98 PROGOIVS FNC adt cR 99 Equalizer Filter Len IEEE 902 11D g iier etii cen pane cete 99 FET Start Offset IEEE 902 118 0 E 99 Demod Settings IEEE 802 n MIMO only Determines whether the settings are defined automatically or manually Auto All Automatically sets all Advanced demodulation settings to Auto same as first burst Manual Restores all settings to the state prior to activating Auto All SCPI command SENSe DEMod FORMat BCONtent AUTO on page 182 Signal Field Content IEEE 802 11a g OFDM j amp n SISO Activates or deactivates the decoding of the captured burst data DN Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 93 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n ON OFF SCPI command ENSe DI S Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 Only the bursts
256. ues applied to the signal externally i e before the RF or IQ connector of the signal analyzer e g External Att 10 dB means that before the RF con nector of the analyzer a 10 dB attenuator is used External Att 20 dB means that before the RF con nector of the analyzer an amplifier with 20 dB gain is used Frequency The frequency of the measured input signal Cap Time The spectrum analyzer samples the signal for this time interval length PSDU Length Shows the minimum and maximum number of data bytes that a burst may have if it is to be considered in results analysis Samples Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 49 R amp S FSV K91 91n WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n a ee eS a ed Measurement Settings and Result Displays Setting Description Restrictions tings dialog box Demodulator or PSDU Modula tion to Analyze Standard Selected measurement standard Preamble The type of preamble of analyzed bursts Single Carrier only Modulation Shows the active setting selected in the Demod Set Burst x of y z In case statistic over bursts is switched on Overall Burst Count x bursts of totally required y No of Bursts to Analyze bursts have been analyzed so far The value z gives the number of analyzed bursts by the last update of the statistic Table 3 3 Measurement settings for IEEE 802 11j Setting Description Restrictions Sig Lvl
257. ulate nz LlMit IsBURGCTEALIMAximum nene nnn etre nennen CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURStTFALI MAXimum RESUIE essssssseseseeeeeeeee teen 129 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt TFALI AVERage esses enne nnne 128 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURStTFALI AVERage RESUIt sse eene 128 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt TRISe MAXimum sse eene netten ener nnne tnn innen 130 CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt TRISe MAXimum RESult 130 CALCulate n LIMit 12 BURSt TRlSelAvVERaoel enne nnne nennen enne 129 CALOCulate n LIMit 12 BURStTRISe AVERage RESUIt sse 129 CAL Culate cnz LlMit IsCONTOT DATA 130 CAL Culate cnzLlMit z1z GbtCirumMAGk CHECK NN 131 CAL Culate cnzLlMit z1z GbtCirumMAGk CHECK WI 132 EE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 214 R amp S FSV K91 91n List of Commands CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt UPPer DATA ccsssscsecreesccesstensseencscsesnensseesseeeenenensuecenasnenosasseeseseensensentensenens 132 CALOCulate n LIMit k ACPower ACHannel RESUIE eese ennemis 116 CALOCulate n LIMit k ACPower ALTernate channel RELative esee 117 CALGulatesn EIMitek s VUE 131 CALOCulate n MARKer 12 BSYMbol sese ennee neret erennnnee reset nitens eterne rns 134 CAL Culate nzMAbker 1zCAbRbler AAA 134 CALCulate n MARKer 1
258. um This command sets the selected marker to the minimum peak value in the current trace This command is only available for the Spectrum Flatnes result display Suffix lt n gt 1 4 window Example CALC2 MARK MIN Set marker 1 in screen B to minimum value in trace Mode WLAN OFDM OFDMA WiBro CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt SYMBol Symbol This command positions the selected marker to the indicated symbol This command is query only for the following result displays e Constellation vs Symbol e Constellation vs Carrier Suffix n 1 4 window Parameters lt Symbol gt 1 to lt number of symbols in selected burst gt A Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 135 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Example CALC2 MARK SYMB 2 Positions marker 1 in screen B to symbol 2 CALC2 MARK SYMB Outputs the symbol value of marker 1 in screen B Mode WLAN OFDM OFDMA WiBro CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt TRACe lt TraceNo gt This command assigns the selected marker to the indicated measurement curve in the selected measurement window This command is only available for the following result displays e Constellation versus Carrier e EVM vs Symbol e Frequency Error vs Preamble e Phase Error vs Preamble e PVT Full Burst e PVT Rising Falling e Spectrum Flatness e Spectrum Mask if Max Hold trac
259. urements R amp S FSV K9 Power Sensor Support R amp S FSV K14 Spectrogram Measurement e R amp S FSV K10 GSM EDGE Measurement e R amp S FSV K30 Noise Figure Measurement e R amp S FSV K40 Phase Noise Measurement e R amp S FSV K70 Vector Signal Analysis Operating Manual R amp S FSV K70 Vector Signal Analysis Getting Started First measurements e R amp S FSV K72 3GPP FDD BTS Analysis e R amp S FSV K73 3GPP FDD UE Analysis e R amp S FSV K76 77 3GPP TD SCDMA BTS UE Measurement e R amp S FSV K82 83 CDMA2000 BTS MS Analysis e R amp S FSV K84 85 1xEV DO BTS MS Analysis e R amp S FSV K91 WLAN IEEE 802 11a b g j n e R amp S FSV K93 WiMAX IEEE 802 16 OFDM OFDMA Analysis e R amp S FSV K100 K104 EUTRA LTE Downlink Measurement Application e R amp S FSV K101 K105 EUTRA LTE Uplink Measurement Application These manuals are available in PDF format on the CD delivered with the instrument The printed manual can be ordered from Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Service Manual This manual is available in PDF format on the CD delivered with the instrument It describes how to check compliance with rated specifications instrument function repair troubleshooting and fault elimination It contains all information required for repairing the analyzer by replacing modules The manual includes the following chapters Chapter 1 Performance Test Chapter 2 Adjustment Chapter 3 Repair Chapter 4 Software Update Installi
260. value in seconds Example CALC LIM BURS TRIS 0 000001 The average rise time limit is set to 1 os Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt TRISe AVERage RESult This command returns the average rise time limit result Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC LIM BURS TRIS RES The average rise time limit result is returned Usage Query only PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 129 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Sg M CALCulate LIMit Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt TRISe MAXimum Value This command sets the maximum rise time limit Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt numeric value in seconds Example CALC LIM BURS TRIS MAX 0 000001 Maximum rise time limit is set to 1 ocs Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt BURSt TRISe MAXimum RESult This command returns the maximum rise time limit result Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC LIM BURS TRIS MAX RES Maximum rise time limit result is returned Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt LIMit lt 1 gt CONTrol DATA lt Value gt This command defines the X axis values frequencies of the upper or lower limit lines The number of values for the CONTrol axis and for the corresponding UPPer limit line has to be identical Otherwise default values are entered
261. values are entered for missing values or unnecessary values are deleted Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Parameters lt Value gt Example CALC LIM2 UPP 10 0 0 10 5 Defines 5 upper limit values for limit line 2 in the preset unit CALC LIM2 UPP Outputs the upper limit values for limit line 2 separated by a comma Mode WLAN eS SSS SS eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 132 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n 5 5 5 5 1 5 5 2 5 5 1 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n The CALCulate MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions of the instrument The following subsystem is included chapter 5 5 2 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n on page 138 Description of the CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 133 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n 138 Description of the CALCulate MARKer Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt STATC ek EKEE KEREN aaa KEES 133 GALGulate n MARKer m AOFF sic c s0cccnnvecncwsecaassncaadccaem encase cenit ai i aaa E aaa Ea 133 CAL Culate nz M Abker 2s BGvMbol 134 CAL Culate nz M Abker z C Abhier onionenn nasia a a aa aiaa anaa aaan 134 CAL Culat lt n MARKErM lt 1 gt MAXIMUM EE TNEENNEEEERENE
262. vs Symbol or EVM vs Carrier result displays e EVM vs Symbol This result display shows the EVM measured over the full range of the measured input data The results are displayed on a per symbol basis with blue vertical lines marking the boundaries of each burst Note that burst boundary lines are only dis played if the number of analyzed bursts is less than 250 For IEEE 802 1 1a j g OFDM amp n the minimum average and maximum traces are displayed For IEEE 802 11b g Single Carrier two EVM traces are displayed The trace labeled with VEC ERR IEEE shows the error vector magnitude as defined in the IEEE 802 11b g standards For the trace labeled with EVM a commonly used EVM defi nition is applied which is the square root of the momentary error power normalized by the averaged reference power TEE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 66 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n Softkeys of the WLAN TX Menu R amp S FSV K91 91n Spectrum Analyzer R amp S FSV K91 Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11a F e 2 46 S g 2 dB ernal A 0 dB Att 0 dB Ref Level 11 2 dBm SGL Gate Off Screen A Capture Buffer 16 00 Os 1 60 Os div Measurement Complete e EVM vs Carrier IEEE 802 11a g j OFDM amp n This result display shows all EVM values recorded on a per carrier basis over the full set of measured data An average trace is also displayed Operating Manual 1173 0772
263. wing order e Power of main channel e Power of lower adjacent channel e Power of upper adjacent channel e Power of lower alternate adjacent channel 1 e Power of upper alternate adjacent channel 1 e Power of lower alternate adjacent channel 2 e Power of upper alternate adjacent channel 2 Adjacent channel power values are output in dB Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC MARK FUNC POW RES Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult MAXHold This command queries the maximum result values of the adjacent channel power mea surement An ACPR Adjacent channel power relative measurement must have previ ously been run with more than one sweep for there to be maximum summary data avail able For details on the output refer to CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion POWer RESult CURRent on page 138 Suffix lt n gt 1 4 irrelevant Example CALC MARK FUNC POW RES MAXH SSS eee eee Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 138 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n CONFigure Subsystem WLAN R amp S FSV K91 91n Usage Query only Mode WLAN CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt 1 gt FUNCtion ZOOM lt Factor gt This command sets the magnification factor for the zoom It is only available for the fol lowing result displays e Constellation vs Carrier e Constellation vs Symbol e PVT e Magnitud
264. x is set Search maximum power Pmax over the whole burst Set Pref Pmax e f Ref Pow Mean is set Calculate mean power Pmean of the whole burst Set Pref Pmean e Rise time Search the first crossing of 0 5xPref from the left Search backwards for the 10 crossing 0 1xPref and note t10 Search forward for the 90 96 crossing 0 9xPref and note t90 Return Trise t90 t10 e Fall time Search the first crossing of 0 5xPref from the right Search forwards for the 10 crossing 0 1xPref and note t10 Search backwards for the 90 crossing 0 9xPref and note t90 Return Tfall t10 t90 Since the single carrier modes of 802 11b g use linear modulation formats like BPSK or QPSK the transmit signal power varies between symbol sampling times These power variations are determined by the transmit filter which is not defined in the standard The R amp S FSV K91 91n allows fine tuning of the PVT measurements on signals with high crest factors by an adjustable moving average filter and two different reference power settings The reference power equals the 100 setting for the rise fall time calculation Either the maximum burst power or the mean burst power can be chosen as reference power Using the mean burst power rarely power peaks within the burst does not influence the rise fall time measurement The moving average filter smoothes the power trace and thus eliminates the modulation While a long average length lead
265. ysis if the Use Header Content option is activated The tracking settings allow various errors in measurement results to be compensated for PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 92 R amp S FSV K91 91n Instrument Functions WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n DEET 4 3 1 4 3 2 4 3 3 4 3 1 Demod Settings Dialog Box K91 Demod WT le ERE 93 Advanced Demod Settings IEEE 802 11n MIMO on 99 MIMO Settings IEEE 802 11n MIMO only sss 103 Demod Settings Demod Settings IEEE 802 n MIMO only 2 casco t kde e hine 93 Signal Field Content IEEE 802 11a g OFDM j amp n SISO sss 93 Use Header Content IEEE 802 11b g Single Camera 94 Burst Type IEEE 802 118 g OFDM Single Carrier j n 94 Preamble Typs IEEE 802 11b zd e te eb ba eene te Pha ett te 94 PPDU Frame Format IEEE 902 111 9180 eene reneeerh 95 Auto Demodulation IEEE 802 11 SIS0 ieii maitre itt et de Eege 95 Analyze PSDU Mod IEEE 802 11n SIS terrier eie terne 95 Demodulator IEEE 802 113 D 9 E 95 Auto Guard Interval IEEE 802 11n S I9 iai eh 95 Guard Interval IEEE 802 T In SISQ iece obese tetto ee tte d ee 95 Egusi Buri LORI D 96 Data Symbols EEE 802 114 j l erecto ett denne cete tt des 96 Mili Data Symbols IEEE 802 T1a jJ VV eee eec reddere ecd batte 97 Max Data Symbols IEEE 902 1128 IY iiid dederat Lo dee resea
266. ystem is continuously initiated continu ous or performs single measurements single The sweep is started immediately Suffix n irrelevant Parameters State ON OFF RST ON PE Operating Manual 1173 0772 02 06 1 167 R amp S FSV K91 91n Remote Commands for WLAN TX Measurements R amp S FSV K91 91n pem c M M SS SS SS ae 5 11 INPut Subsystem Example INIT CONT OFF Switches the sequence to single sweep INIT CONT ON Switches the sequence to continuous sweep Mode all INITiate lt n gt IMMediate The command initiates a new measurement sequence With sweep count gt 0 or average count gt 0 this means a restart of the indicated number of measurements With trace functions MAXHold MINHold and AVERage the previous results are reset on restarting the measurement In single sweep mode you can synchronize to the end of the measurement with OPC OPC or WAI In continuous sweep mode synchronization to the end of the measure ment is not possible Thus it is not recommended that you use continuous sweep mode in remote control as results like trace data or markers are only valid after a single sweep end synchronization Suffix lt n gt irrelevant Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode DISP WIND TRAC MODE AVER Switches on trace averaging SWE COUN 20 Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps INIT WAI Starts the measuremen

(R&S FSV-K91/91n)................................

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

(R&amp;S FSV-K91/91n)................................

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

(R&S FSV-K91/91n)................................